CHAPTER

SECTION

B
1 MATTER IN OUR SURROUNDINGS

TOPIC-1
Matter-Solid, Liquid and Gas; Characteristics of
Solid, Liduid and Gas
WORKSHEET-1
Solutions (ii) Solids have minimum spaces in between
particles as the particles are closely packed.
1. Gaseous state. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1 6. (i) Rate of diffusion : solid < liquid < gas.
(ii) Particle motion : solid < liquid < gas
2. CNG, LPG. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1 + 1
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) ½ + ½
7. (i) Particles of matter have space between them
3. Solubility in water. (ii) Particles of matter are continuously moving
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1 (iii) Particles of matter attract each other
4. Aerosols are mixture of liquid or solid in gas. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014) 1 × 3
Examples : Fog, Mist, Smoke. (Any two) 1 + 1
8. (i) Solids are incompressible because the particles
5. (i) Solids, particles are closely packed are closely packed and there is no space for
(ii) Solids, particles are closely packed. their movement.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015) 1 + 1 (ii) The particles of solids do not have any
Detailed Answer : intermolecular space and hence no movement.
(i) Solids have maximum force of attraction Therefore, they have negligible kinetic energy.
between the particles as the particles are closely 1½ + 1½
packed.
9.
S. No. Property Solids Liquids Gases
(i) Shape Definite shape No definite shape, takes No definite shape, takes
the shape of the container the shape of the container
(ii) Volume Definite volume Definite volume No definite volume
(iii) Compressibility Non-compressible Slightly compressible Highly compressible
(iv) Diffusion Can diffuse in liquids Can diffuse in liquids Can diffuse in other gases
(v) Fluidity or rigidity Rigid Shows fluidity Shows fluidity

WORKSHEET-2
Solutions
1. Liquid. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1
2. Compressibility.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1
3. No. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1
4. Water is liquid at room temperature as it takes
the shape of the container in which it is put and it
shows fluidity. randomly in all directions. During the motion
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1 + 1
5. (i) Gas (ii) Solid
(iii) Liquid (iv) Solid
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) ½ × 4
6. Gases are more compressible due to weak forces
of attraction between molecules of gases and more
intermolecular spaces.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1 + 1
7. (i) The particles of a gas are free to move
they collide with each other and also with the
walls of container.

S OLUT I ONS P-1

 (ii) Particles of a gas are loosely packed, move
randomly due to space between them, so they
intermix with other particles present there.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2013) 1½ + 1½
8. (i) Liquid takes the shape of the container.
(ii) Particles are loosely packed, kinetic energy of
particles are more than solids.
(iii) Rate of diffusion is directly proportional to the
kinetic energy.
 (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016) 1 + 1 + 1
Detailed Answer :
Experiment to prove that liquid has a fixed volume
but no fixed shape :
Take a flask and a glass. Pour 50 ml of water in the
flask. Then observe the shape of water in the flask.
After then, pour the same water in a glass. The
water will take the shape of the glass. However,
you will find that 50 ml of water is 50 ml even after
pouring the water into different beakers.
Rate of diffusion of liquids are higher than the
solids because particles of liquid have more space
between them compared to solid and so move
freely than in solids. 2+1
9. (i) (a) Gases and liquids do not have fixed shape.
(b) Gases and liquids flow easily.
(Or any other relevant points)
(ii) The shape does not change when pressed i.e. it
is hard and rigid.
It has a definite shape and has high density.
(Or any other relevant points)
(iii) The heat energy supplied is taken up by solid
particles and helps in melting or fusion.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2013) 2 + 2 + 1

WORKSHEET-3
Solutions Solid had definite shape, distinct boundary and
fixed volume.
1. Temperature and pressure. Solids Liquid Gas
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) ½ × 2 Compressibility Negligible Very low High
2. Water. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1 8. Rate of evaporation increases with an increase in
surface area, an increase in temperature, a decrease
3. Potassium permanganate, Copper sulphate. in humidity, and an increase in speed of wind.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) ½ + ½
½×6
4. In case of gaseous state, due to negligible force of 9. (a) Differences between Solids and Gases :
attraction they can move freely. That is why rate of S.
diffusion is faster in gases. Solids Gases
No.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 2
(i) Intermolecular space Intermolecular space
5. (a) (i) L.P.G. : Liquefied Petroleum Gas. is small so the distance is maximum so the
(ii) C.N.G. : Compressed Natural Gas is less. distance is more.
(b) Use of L.P.G. : Fuel at home. (ii) Intermolecular Intermolecular force of
Use of C.N.G. : Fuel of vehicles. force of attraction is attraction is minimum.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) ½ × 4
maximum.
6. (i) Rate of diffusion of liquids is higher because (iii) Solids are rigid and Gases are non rigid and
particles of liquid move freely than solids. incompressible. are compressible.
(ii) Particles of liquid have greater spaces between (b) The two factors that determine the rate of
each other than solids.
diffusion of a liquid in another liquid are :
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014) 1 + 1
(i) Temperature
7. Three states of matter are solid, liquid and gas. (ii) Pressure 3+2

P-2 S C I E N C E - IX
 WORKSHEET-4
Solutions
1. Diffusion. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1
2. Particles of matter are continuously moving. 7. The physical state of matter can be changed by
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1
3. Liquids have less force of attraction between
molecules i.e. less mass and more volume as
compared to solids.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2013) 1
4. (i) In minute pores of sponge, air is trapped.
When pressed, air is expelled out so it is
compressible. It is a solid as it has definite
shape and volume.
(ii) Rubber band changes shape under force and
regain shape when force is removed. < Oxygen gas
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015, 2014) 1 + 1
5. Chemical name of dry ice is solid CO2. It just
looks like ice but is absolutely different. Solid CO2
converts directly to gaseous state on decreasing
pressure to one atmosphere without going through
liquid state. It is stored at high pressure. ½ + 1 + ½
6. (i) Particles of matter are continuously moving.
Rate of movement of particles increases with
temperature; therefore the smell of lighted incense
stick reaches us several metres away due to
diffusion.
WORKSHEET-5
Solutions
1. Oxygen < milk < salt. (ii) A uniform mixture is formed / a true solution is
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1
2. Particles of perfume diffuses into the air and can
be smelled even at a distance. dilution. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) ½ × 4
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1
3. Particles of matter are very small which can be
dissolved in water, diffusing its smell readily in air.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1
4. (i) We can liquify gases by applying pressure and
reducing temperature.
(ii) On a rainy day, the amount of water vapour
present in air (humidity) is already high, so,
the rate of evaporation decreases.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2013) 1 + 1
5. A wooden chair is solid at room temperature
because :
(i) It has definite shape and volume.
(ii) It cannot be compressed. and put it into 90 ml of clear water.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1 + 1
S OLUT I ONS
(ii) Because it sublimes, due to which it directly
converts into vapour and disappear without
leaving any solid.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1 + 1
changing the pressure. By lowering temperature
and increasing the pressure gases can be changed
into liquids and some solids can be changed into
gases on decreasing the pressure.
This happens with gases as there is lots of space
between the particles of a gas and upon applying
high pressure, particles come close to each other
which upon cooling gets liquefied. 1+1+1
9. (a) (i) Force of attraction : Oxygen gas < Kerosene
< Iron nail
(ii) Intermolecular space : Iron nail < Kerosene
(b) (i) Rigidity : It is the property of matter to
maintain shape against external force.
(ii) Compressibility : It is the property of
matter by virtue of which molecules of
matter are brought closer to each other.
(iii) Diffusion : The inter mixing of the particles
of matter is known as diffusion.
1+1+1+1+1
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
6. (i) Level of water remains same.
obtained.
(iii) The solution becomes white in colour.
(iv) Smell can be detected even on repeated
7. During the inter conversion of a solid into a liquid,
and liquid into gas, on increasing the temperature
the kinetic energy of the molecules increases and
force of attraction among molecules decreases and
vice versa. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 3
8. (i) Solid.
(ii) Sublimation : The process of conversion of
solid directly into vapours or vice-versa.
(iii) Dry ice. 1×3
9. (a) (i) Take 2-3 crystals of copper sulphate
and dissolve in 100 ml of water.
(ii) Take out approximate 10 ml of this solution
P-3
 (iii) Take out 10 ml of this solution and put it
into another 90 ml of clear water.
(iv) Keep diluting for 5-8 times.
Inference : A crystal of copper sulphate
contains millions of tiny particles which keeps
on dividing into smaller and smaller numbers
with each dilution.
WORKSHEET-6
Solutions
1. Due to the high speed of the particles and large space
between them, gases show the property of diffusing
very fast. Name of the process is diffusion. 1
2. Particles of water are held together by weak forces
of attraction. It is these forces of attraction which
the diver cuts through water in the swimming
pool. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1
3.
Diffusion. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1
4. (i) The whole chamber gets filled with gas.
(ii) The particles move around randomly at high
speed. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1 + 1
5. When ice is melted, water is produced and when
water is heated, steam is produced. Conversely
when steam is cooled, water is produced and
when water is cooled, ice is produced. (iii) Take out 10 ml of this solution and put it into
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1 + 1
6. (i) Take ice cold water in a metallic tumbler and
keep it in open air.
(ii) After some time water droplets will be seen on
the outer surface of the tumbler.
(iii) The water vapours present in air on coming
in contact with the cold metallic surface of the
tumbler loses energy and gets converted to
liquid state.
(iv) This shows that air contains water vapours.
½×4
7. Activity :
(i) Take a 100 ml beaker.
(ii) Fill half the beaker with water and mark the
level of water.
(iii) Dissolve some salt / sugar with the help of a
glass rod.
(iv) Observe any change in water level.
Observation : Level of water remains same and salt/
sugar, has now spread throughout water. When we
dissolve salt in water, the particles of salt get into
P-4
(b) Anything which possesses mass and occupies
space is called matter.
(i) Solid – strongest, (ii) Gas – weakest.
(c) The shape of each individual sugar or salt
crystal remains fixed. Therefore, they are
solids. 2+1+1+1
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
the spaces between particles of water. This shows
the particulate nature of matter.
100 ml 100 ml 100 ml
50 ml 50 ml 50 ml
Adding salt Stirring
Salt
Salt particles
Two characteristics of particles of matter are :
(i) They have space between them.
(ii) They are continuously moving.
(iii) They attract each other. (Any two)
(1 For drawing skill +1 For explanation) + 1
8. (i) Take 2-3 crystals of potassium permanganate
and dissolve them in 100 ml of water.
(ii) Take out approximately 10 ml of this solution
and put it into 90 ml of clear water.
another 90 ml of clear water.
(iv) Keep on diluting the solution like this 5 to 8 times.
(v) This experiment shows that just a few crystals
of potassium permanganate can change colour
of a large volume of water (about 1000 ml).
10 ml 10 ml 10 ml
100 ml 100 ml 100 ml 100 ml 100 ml
Fig : Set up to explain that particles of matter are
very small. With every dilution, though the colour
becomes light, it is still visible.
So, we conclude that there must be millions of
tiny particles in just one crystal of potassium
permanganate, which kept on dividing themselves
into smaller and smaller particles. 3
S C I E N C E - IX
 TOPIC-2
Change in State of Matter, Evaporation,
Condensation Sublimation
WORKSHEET-7
Solutions
1. The amount of heat energy that is required to
change 1 kg of a solid into liquid at atmospheric
pressure at its melting point is known as the latent
heat of fusion. more heat energy than water at 373 K and hence
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2013) 1
2. Sublimation is the change of solid directly into the
gaseous state without passing through the liquid
state. e.g. ammonium chloride and naphthalene.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1 + 1
3. Particles of salt intermixed with the particles of
water and taken up the spaces between them.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016)2
4. (i) The amount of heat energy required to change
1 kg of a liquid to gas at atmospheric pressure
at its boiling point is called latent heat of
vaporization.
(ii) (a) Particles gain heat energy from the palm
and evaporate causing the palm to feel cool.
(b) When we sit under a fan during summer,
rate of evaporation of sweat increases due
to increase in wind speed. Sweat takes heat
from body to evaporate leaving us cool.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2013) 1 + 1 + 1
5. (i) (a) Gases neither have a definite shape nor a
definite volume.
(b) Gases are compressible.
WORKSHEET-8
Solutions
1. Evaporation. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1
2. False, it can occur at room temperature also. e.g.,
Naphthalene balls sublimes at room temperature.
1+1
3. Evaporation is directly proportional to surface
area. Surface area of saucer is more so evaporation
is more.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 2
S OLUT I ONS
(c) It exerts pressure on the walls of the
container due to the collision of molecules.
(d) Gases flow easily.
(ii) When water at 373 K is converted into steam
at 373 K, it absorbs energy equal to the latent
heat of vaporization. Thus, steam at 373 K has
steam produces more severe burns than boiling
water. ½×4+1
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
6. (a) When particles of one substance occupy the
vacant space present in the particles of the
other substance, this is called diffusion.
Activity :
(i) Take 5 g of copper sulphate each in three beak-
ers.
(ii) Pour 100 ml of distilled water slowly in one of
the beakers.
(iii) Cover this beaker with a watch glass.
(iv) Pour 100 ml of cold water in a second beaker
slowly.
(v) Place a third beaker containing 100 ml of water
on a tripod stand for heating.
(vi) Observe the diffusion process which begins in
all the beakers.
(vii) Record the time taken for the dissolution of
copper sulphate in all the three cases.
Conclusion : The rate of diffusion of copper
sulphate in water is in the order :
Beaker 3 > Beaker 2 > Beaker 1.
(b) (i) Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG)
(ii) Oxygen. 1+2+1+1
4. (i) Sublimation,
(ii) Latent heat of vaporization,
(iii) Compressibility of hydrogen gas. 1×3
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
5. Ice melts at 0°C.
The temperature remain same when it changes
to liquid state because the heat supplied is
continuously used up in changing the state from
solid to liquid by overcoming the forces of attraction
between the particles. The process is known as
latent heat of fusion.  1+2
P-5
 6. (a) Melting point of a solid is defined as the Thermometer
temperature at which a solid melts to become a Iron
liquid at the atmospheric pressure. stand Glass stirrer
Activity :
(i) Take about 150 g of ice in a beaker and suspend
a laboratory thermometer so that its bulb is in
contact with the ice. Beaker
(ii) Start heating the beaker on a low flame. Ice
(iii) Note the temperature when the ice starts
melting.
(iv) Note the temperature when all the ice has Burner
converted into water.
(v) Record your observations for this conversion of
(a)
solid to liquid state.
Thermometer
(vi) Now, put a glass rod in the beaker and heat
Iron
while stirring till the water starts boiling. stand Glass stirrer
(vii) Keep a careful eye on the thermometer reading
till most of the water had vaporised.
(viii) Record observations.
(b) The temperature remains constant during Beaker
the melting of ice even though the heat is
supplied regularly to increase the temperature Water
for changing the state of matter. The heat of
temperature is consumed by the particles of ice
and they vibrate faster breaking the forces of Burner
attraction and becomes liquid.
(b) 3+1+1

WORKSHEET-9
Solutions
1. 78 + 273 = 351 K (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1
2. (i) Cotton clothes are good absorber of sweat.
During evaporation of sweat, heat is lost by
the body which makes us feel cool.
(ii) On a hot day, evaporation of water from the
pot through its pores becomes faster. During
evaporation, it takes heat from the water of
pot. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1 + 1
3. Heat energy is needed to melt a solid because there
exist forces of attraction between the molecules
and heat energy is essential to overcome the forces
of attraction.
Latent heat of fusion is the amount of heat energy
required to change 1 kg of solid into liquid at
atmospheric pressure at its melting point.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1+1
4. This is because, the heat supplied is absorbed by the
water particles and this heat increases their kinetic
energy. Thus, because of an increase in kinetic
energy, the bond between the water particles are
cut down and they move more freely, compared to
water. Hence, they become gas. So, that is why the
temperature remains constant even though heat is
supplied continuously to the water.. 3
5. Fluidity, takes shape of the container, fixed
volume. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016) 3
Detailed Answer :
At room temperature, water is liquid because it has
the following characteristics of liquid :
(i) At room temperature, water has no shape but
has fixed volume.
(ii) It takes the shape of the container in which it is
kept.
(iii) It can flow.
6. (i) The process of conversion of liquid state
into vapour state at any temperature below
the boiling point of the liquid is called
evaporation.
Cotton is a better absorber of water than
nylon. So, during summer, cotton clothes
absorb sweat, which on evaporation causes a
cooling sensation in the body.
(ii) Not exactly same. Boiling of liquid takes place
at its boiling point, whereas evaporation can
occur at any temperature or room temperature.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014) 1 + 2 + 2

P-6 S C I E N C E - IX
 WORKSHEET-10
Solutions 1+2
4. There are pores in an earthen pot through
1.
100°C + 273 = 373 K which the liquid inside the pot evaporates. This
0°C + 273 = 273 K evaporation makes the water inside the pot cool.
In this way, water kept in an earthen pot becomes
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) ½ + ½
cool during summers. 3
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015)
2. (i) Spreading the clothes for drying increases the
surface area which helps it to dry faster as the 5. (a) (i) gas (ii) solid.
rate of evaporation increases with increase in (b) (i) 298 – 273 = 25°C
surface area. (ii) 300 – 273 = 27°C
1
(ii) Humidity ∝ (iii) 280 – 273 = 7°C 1+1+1+1+1
Evaporation
6. Fractions of particles at the surface having higher
On a rainy day humidity increases, which kinetic energy, are able to break away from the
decreases the rate of evaporation. 1+1 forces of attraction of other particles and gets
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) converted into vapour.
3. Yes Factors which affects rate of evaporation :
Liquid (i) Surface area
Va

(ii) Temperature
p
on

or
co
n
si

(iii) Humidity
is
tio
Fu

nd

at
ca

io
en

(iv) Wind speed

ifi

n
sa
lid

e.g. Sprinkling of water on the roof, water in

tio
So

Solid Sublimation Gas earthen pots etc (Or any other)

Deposition (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016) 1 + 2 + 2

WORKSHEET-11
Solutions 3. The heat gets used up in changing the state by
1. overcoming the forces of attraction between the
particles.
Solid Liquid Gas Latent heat of vaporisation : The amount of heat
(i) Density Highest Intermediate Lowest energy that is required to change 1L of a liquid into
gas at atmospheric pressure at its boiling point.
(ii) Diffusion Negligible Slower Rapid Steam, particles of steam absorb extra energy in
(iii) Particle No Yes, but Yes, free the form of latent heat of vaporisation.
Motion / confined motion (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016) 5
movement
1 +1 +1 4. (i) Evaporation is a surface phenomenon.
Particles from the surface gain enough energy
2. Latent heat. to overcome the forces of attraction present in
Heat is used up in changing the state by overcoming the liquid and change into vapour state.
the forces of attraction between the particles.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015) 3
Due to wet cloth, the temperature is
comparatively lower than room temperature.
Detailed Answer : So butter does not melt when remain wrapped
The temperature remains constant as the heat gets in wet clothes.
used up in changing the state by overcoming the
forces of attraction between the particles.
(ii) Ice cream at 273 K, will take latent heat from
For example, a solid melts on heating. Its temperature the medium to convert itself into liquid at 273
does not rise until the entire solid is converted K and then into liquid at higher temperature
into liquid. This heat energy gets hidden into the but in water such condition is not possible.
contents and is known as the latent heat. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015) 5

S OLUT I ONS P-7

5. (i) Rain water takes heat from road to get
evaporated leaving road dry.
(ii) Cotton being good absorber of water, helps
in absorbing the sweat and expose to the
atmosphere for easy evaporation.
(iii) In summer, trees absorb more water
and minerals from the soil as the rate of
transpiration increases.
WORKSHEET-12
Solutions
1. Rubber band changes shape under force and
regains the shape when the force is removed, so it
is classified as a solid. 3
2. When pressure is applied on the surface of ice, the
change into liquid state is assisted. Thus, melting
point decreases. 3 a substance (solute) move from the place of
3. The solutions in both beakers turned blue after
sometime. But the colour change was observed
in beaker. A containing hot water as compared to
beaker B containing cold water. This happened
due to the faster rate of diffusion at a higher
temperature. 3
WORKSHEET-13
Solutions
1. To determine accurate reading of boiling point of
water.
It is because uniform temperature of the vapours
surrounds the bulb above the surface of boiling
water. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016) 2
2. Range = 210°C to 110°C
The bulb of the thermometer should be kept
surrounded with crushed ice so as to record
correct temperature of the melting ice.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016) 2
3. t1—temperature when the ice starts melting.
t2—temperature when the ice completely melts.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016) 2
4. Pieces of pumice stones are placed in the container
before heating to avoid bumping of liquid when the
temperature increase. On boiling, water releases
energy as bubbles. If the bubbles do not form it can
P-8
(iv) Acetone evaporates by taking heat from palm
leaving it cool.
(v) Water evaporates from the roof taking heat
from surroundings on hot summer day
leaving roof cool.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014) 1 × 5
4. (i) Molecules of the gas are continuously moving.
They collide with themselves and with the
walls of the container exerting pressure.
(ii) As molecules of gas are continuously moving,
they occupy all the available space. 3
5. Diffusion is the process in which molecules of
(their) higher concentration to the place of lower
concentration.
But during osmosis, the water molecules (or
solvent) move from a concentrated solution to
a diluted solution through a semipermeable
membrane. Thus, osmosis is termed as a special
kind of diffusion. 3
develop lot of heat and possibly explode. Addition
of stones given lots of surface area for bubbles to
form and release the energy gradually. 2
5. The value of the boiling point does not depend on
the temperature of the liquid when pressure is kept
constant. Thus, all the three students will observe
same boiling point. 2
6. (i) The bulb of the thermometer should be
completely inside the crushed ice.
(ii) The solution should be stirred regularly to
keep a uniform temperature.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015) 1 + 1
7. Least count = 10/20
= 0.5 (s)
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014) 2
8. (i) Crushed ice preferably from distilled water.
(ii) When whole of the ice melts and temperature
becomes constant.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014) 1 + 1
qqq
S C I E N C E - IX
CHAPTER
SECTION

B
2 IN MATTER AROUND US PURE ?

TOPIC-1
Elements, Compounds, Mixtures, Heterogeneous and
Homogeneous Mixtures
WORKSHEET-14
Solutions 7. (a) Homogenous mixtures are the mixtures with
uniform composition throughout like sugar
1. A substance is a kind of matter that cannot be
solution or another. 3
separated into other kinds of matter by any physical
process. 1 (b) (i) Fe + H2SO4(aq) → FeSO4 + H2
2. A substance which is made up of only a single type (ii) FeS + H2SO4(aq) → FeSO4 + H2
of particle is called a pure substance. 1
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015) 1 + 1
3. Concentration of a solution is the amount of the Detailed Answer :
solute present in a given amount (mass or volume) (a) No. Homogenous mixtures are the mixtures
of solution (or solvent). with uniform composition throughout like
sugar solution or another.
Dissolve 10 g of sugar in (100 – 10) = 90 g of water. (b) (i) Results in the formation of ferrous sulphate
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1 + 1 and evolution of hydrogen.
Fe + H2SO4(aq) → FeSO4 + H2
4. (ii) Results in the formation of iron sulphide
which reacts with sulphuric acid to form
S. Homogeneous Heterogeneous
ferrous sulphate and release of hydrogen
No. Mixtures Mixtures disulphide gas.
(i) Uniform composition Non uniform Fe + S → FeS
throughout. composition FeS + H2SO4 → FeSO4 + H2S
8. ( a) (i) By increasing the temperature/by heating
(ii) e.g. salt in water, e.g. oil and water, iron the solution.
sugar in water filiings and sulphur. (ii) By increasing the amount of solvent
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016) 1 + 1 (b)
S. Homogeneous Heterogeneous
5. Metalloids : Elements having intermediate No. Mixture Mixture
properties between those of metals and non-
(i) Uniform composition. Non-uniform composi-
metals e.g., Boron, Silicon, Germanium. (Any two)
tion.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016) 1+2
(ii) No distinct boundaries Distinct boundaries of
6. Mercury is the only liquid metal and bromine is the of separation. separation.
e.g., sugar + water. e.g., sand + water.
only liquid non-metal. Two gaseous non-metals are
hydrogen and nitrogen. 1+1+1 2+3

WORKSHEET-15
Solutions S.
True Solutions Colloids
1. Mixtures are constituted by more than one kind of No.
pure form of matter. 1 (i) The particle size of The particle size ranges
2. Homogeneous mixtures and heterogeneous solute is less than 1 nm. from 1 to 100 nm.
mixtures. 1 (ii) It is homogeneous. It may appear to be
3. Difference Between True Solution and Colloids : homogeneous but it is
heterogeneous.
1+1

S OLUT I ONS P-9

 4. (i) Dispersed phase and the dispersion medium. (iii) It is stable.
(b) Dispersing medium and dispersed phase.
(ii) Centrifugation.
(c) Ink, Blood, Foam. 3+1+1
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2013) 1 + 1
8. (a) (i) Carbon and oxygen are present in a fixed
5. (a) Air, Filtered tea : Homogeneous. ratio of 3 : 8 by mass in carbon dioxide.
Soil, Wood : Heterogeneous. (ii)
The constituents of carbon dioxide cannot
(b) Mercury and Calcium oxide : Pure substances. be separated by simple physical methods.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1 + 1 + 1 (b) (i) 24 carat gold is a pure substance.
6. Milk of magnesia - Sol, Smoke- Aerosol, (ii)
Air is a homogeneous mixture in which
Cheese - Gel, Mist - Aerosol, the constituents are uniformly distributed
Mud- Sol, Butter - Gel. ½ × 6 throughout without any clear boundary
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) of separation.
7. (a) (i) It is heterogeneous mixture. (iii)
Concrete is a heterogeneous mixture that
(ii) Particles of colloids scatter a beam of light. does not have uniform constituents. 2 + 3
(Tyndall effect)

WORKSHEET-16
Solutions 5. Metals, non-metal, metalloids.
1. A mixture that has uniform composition throughout Metals have lustre / conduct heat / ductile / malle-
its mass is called a homogeneous mixture. 1 able / sonorous / conduct electricity etc.
2. A mixture that does not have uniform composition Non-metals have variety of colours / poor conduc-
throughout its mass is called a heterogeneous tors of heat and electricity etc.
mixture. 1
Metalloids have properties intermediate between
3. Reasons : those of metals and non-metals. (Any one in each)
(i) Heterogeneous mixture
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1½ + 1½
(ii) Particles can be seen with the naked eye
(iii) Scatter a beam of light 6. (i) Concentration of solution is the amount of
(iv) Unstable solute present in a given amount of solution or
(v) Can be filtered. (Any four) ½ × 4 the amount of solute dissolved in a given mass
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) or volume of the solvent.
Solubility is the maximum amount of solute
4. (i) Tincture of iodine : Iodine (solute) and alcohol that can be dissolved in a given solution at a
(solvent), given temperature.
(ii) Aerated drinks : CO2 (solute) and water (ii) The rate of solubility increases with increase in
(solvent). temperature. 1+1+1
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1+1 (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)

7.
S. No. True Solution Colloidal Solution Suspension
(i) A true solution is a A colloidal solution appears to be It is a heterogeneous mixture.
homogeneous mixture of homogeneous but actually it is a
solute and solvent. heterogeneous mixture of solute
and solvent.
(ii) It is transparent. It is translucent. It is opaque.
(iii) The solute particles are very The solute particles are between The solute particles are quite large i.e.,
small, i.e., less than 1 nm. 1-100 nm. more than 100 nm.
(iv) The particles are not visible The particles are visible with the The particles are visible even with
even with a powerful micro- help of microscope. naked eye.
scope.

P-10 S C I E N C E - IX
 (v) The entire solution passes The particles can pass through or- The particles cannot pass through
through filter paper as well as dinary filter paper but not through either a filter paper or through a semi-
semi-permeable membrane. a semi-permeable membrane. permeable membrane.
(vi) The solute particles do not The particles show Tyndall effect. The particles may or may not show
show Tyndall effect. Tyndall effect.
(vii) The particles do not settle due The particles do not settle due to The particles may settle due to grav-
to gravity e.g., salt in water gravity e.g., blood. ity e.g., chalk powder in water.
solution.
(Any five) (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1 × 5

WORKSHEET-17
Solutions 6. Metals :
(i) Metals are sonorous i.e., they produce sound.
1. A homogeneous mixture of two or more substances
is called a solution. 1 (ii) Metals can be beaten into thin sheets i.e.,
malleable.
2. Milk is a mixture of water, fat and proteins. 1
3. Water and sugar. 1 (iii) Metals can be drawn into wires i.e., ductile.
Non-metals : (i) Non-metals are non-sonorous as
4. they do not produce any sound.
S. No. Air Water (ii) Non-metals are fragile.
(i) Variable composition. Definite composition (iii) Non-metals are non-ductile. 1½+1½
i.e. 2 atoms of hydrogen 7. Air is a mixture.
and 1 atom of O. (i) Air can be separated into its constituents like
(ii) Constituents can be Cannot be separated oxygen, nitrogen etc. by the physical process of
separated by simple into its constituents by
fractional distillation.
physical methods physical methods.
(ii) Air shows the properties of all the gases present in
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1+1
it.
5. Alloy is a homogeneous mixture of two or more (iii) Air has a variable composition.
solid components in a proportion. The components (iv) Liquid air does not have a fixed boiling point.
are not visible separately, but can be separated by (Any three) 1 × 3
chemical means. So it is a considered a mixture. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
(Any two)
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016) 2

8.
S.
Property Soda water Milk Muddy water
No.
(i) Homogeneity Homogeneous Homogeneous Heterogeneous
(ii) Filtration Cannot be separated Cannot be separated Can be separated
(iii) Tyndall effect Does not show Shows Shows
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) ½ × 6

WORKSHEET-18
Solutions
1. Vinegar (acetic acid + water). 1
2. A solution of sugar and water. 1
3. Brass (an alloy having 70% copper and 30% zinc). 1
4. (i) The two components of a solution are solute
and solvent.
(ii) The solution is stable, particles of solute are
very small in size, smaller than 1 nm. (Any two)
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1 + 1

S OLUT I ONS P-11

 5. 9. (a) Concentration of solution
Mass of solute
S. Dispersed Dispersing = × 100
Colloids
No. phase Medium of solution
Mass
(i) Fog Liquid Gas Mass of common salt is 60 g.
(ii) Cheese Liquid Solid Mass of water is 240 g.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1 + 1 Mass of solution = (60 + 240)g = 300 g.
60
6. Brass and air – mixture, Gold – element, Hydrogen Concentration of solution = × 100 = 20%
300
sulphide – compound. ½×4
(b) (i) Centrifugation : Two components having
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
difference in densities can be separated by cen-
7. When no more quantity of ‘X’ substance can be trifugation. When the mixture is rotated fast,
dissolved in a solution at a given temperature, then the lighter particles come to the top and the
the solution is saturated with respect to ‘X’. When a heavier remain at the bottom.
hot saturated solution is allowed to cool, crystals of (ii) Chromatography : This method is used to
substance separate out from the solution. 3 separate a mixture of different dyes. It is based
on the difference in solubilities of different sol-
8. (a) because of small particle size, they cannot utes in the same solvent.
scatter a beam of light.
(iii) Distillation : Two miscible liquids can be
(b) (i) Colloids separated by simple distillation. It is based on
(ii) Suspension the difference in boiling points of the liquid
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016) 1 +1 +1 components of the mixture. 2+1+1+1

WORKSHEET-19
Solutions 7. Rahul has a compound, Manav has a mixture.
1. Aerated drinks like soda water. 1 S.
Compound Mixture
2. It indicates the exact amount of solute dissolved in No.
an exact amount of solvent or solution. 1 (i) Elements react to Elements or compounds
3. Solubility of a substance (solute) is the mass of form a compound. get mixed together.
the substance in grams that dissolves in 100 g of a
(ii) Fixed composition. Variable composition.
solvent to form a saturated solution. 1
4. When alcohol combines with water, the components (iii) Totally different Shows properties of
mix uniformly to form a single phase and there is properties. constituent substances.
no boundary of separation. When oil is added to (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016) 3
water, the components are not thoroughly mixed
and there is a boundary of separation between oil 8. (i) By dissolving iodine in alcohol.
and water forming separate layers. 1+1 (ii) Solubility : The amount of solute present
in the saturated solution at a particular
5. Heterogeneous.
temperature is called its solubility.
This mixture will have :
(i) Physically distinct parts, (iii) The solute particles will settle down.
(ii) Non-uniform composition 1+½×2 (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016) 3
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)

6. In smoke, dispersed phase is solid and dispersing

medium is gas. In fog, dispersed phase is liquid
and dispersing medium is gas. 1+1
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)

P-12 S C I E N C E - IX
 TOPIC-1
Elements, Compounds, Mixtures, Heterogeneous and
Homogeneous Mixtures
WORKSHEET-20
Solutions 4. (i) Sugar in water
1. A : Uniform composition/particles are not visible. (ii) Air
B : Non-uniform composition/particle may be (iii) Oil in water 1 + 1+1
visible.
5. The concentration of a solution is the amount of
Therefore, A is homogeneous and B is
solute present in a given amount (mass or volume)
heterogeneous. ½×2+1
of solution, or the amount of solute dissolved in a
2. (i) This means that 36 g of NaCl can dissolve in given mass or volume of solvent. 1
100 g of water at 293 K and at 1 atm. pressure .
Two ways of expressing the concentration of a
(ii) More than 36 g because increase in temperature
will increase the solubility of a solid in a liquid. solution :
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1 + 1 (i) Mass by mass percentage of a solution
= Mass of solute × 100
mass of solute
3. Mass % = mass of solution × 100 Mass of solution
(ii) Mass by volume percentage of solution
40 = Mass of solute × 100
40
= × 100 = × 100 = 28.57 1+1 Volume of solution
40 + 100 14 0
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1+1

TOPIC-2
Separation Techniques, Physical and Chemical Change

WORKSHEET-21
Solutions (ii) Only physical properties Chemical properties of
of matter change. substance change.
1. When the insoluble component is separated Example : Melting of Example : Burning of
by filtering the solution through a medium or wax. wax.
membrane it is called filtration. 1
2. By centrifugation method. 1 One example in which both physical and chemical
change take place is burning of a candle. 2+1
3. (i) Chromatography, (ii) Centrifugation,
6. (a) Iron sulphide
(iii) Distillation, (iv) Separating funnel
(b) Hydrogen sulphide gas
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) ½ × 4
Properties :
(i) It is colourless.
4. (i) Chromatography,
(ii) It has the smell of rotten egg.
(ii) Centrifugation,
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014) 1 + 1 + 1
(iii) Filtration,
(iv) Sublimation (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) ½ × 4 7. (i) Separating funnel
5. (ii) Sublimation
(iii) Evaporation
S.
Physical change Chemical change (iv) Filtration / using magnet
No.
(v) Centrifugation
(i) No new substance is A new substance is
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014) 1 × 5
formed. formed.

S OLUT I ONS P-13

 WORKSHEET-22
Solutions OR

1. By using a separating funnel. 1 Camphor + Common salt + Soil

2. By distillation. 1
Sublimation
3. (i) Immiscible liquids separate out in layers
depending on their densities.
(ii) The denser particles are forced to settle at the Camphor Common salt + soil
sublimes
bottom and the lighter particles stay at the top
Add water
when spin rapidly.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1 + 1 Salt
Evaporation Salt dissolves, filter
soil as residue
4. When a bar magnet is brought closer to the mixture (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014) 3
of iron filings and sulphur powder, iron particles
stick to the magnet, while in case of iron sulphide 7. Distillation is a process employed to obtain pure
no change will be observed. When a mixture of liquid from its solution. It can be defined as the
iron and sulphur is added to carbon disulphide, conversion of impure liquid into vapours by
sulphur dissolves while in case of iron sulphide no evaporation and then condensation of the vapours
dissolution takes place. to get pure liquid.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1 + 1
This method is generally used for the separation of
components of a mixture containing two miscible
5. Hydrogen gas.
Hydrogen sulphide gas. liquids that boil without decomposing and their
In case I, a mixture of iron filings and sulphur is boiling points are quite different (more than 25-
treated with dil. H2SO4, hence H2 gas is produced. 30°C).
In case II, a compound (FeS) of iron and sulphur Thermometer
Cork
is treated with dil. H2SO4, hence H2S gas is
produced. Water outlet
Clamp
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) ½ + ½ +1 + 1
Water condenser
Stand
6. (i) Firstly the mixture will be heated. As camphor
is sublimable, it will vapourize and so it can be Distillation
flask Cold water in
separated through sublimation.
Receiver
(ii) To separate mixture of common salt and soil,
we will dissolve them in water. As salt is soluble
in water, and soil is not soluble in water, soil can
be separated through filtration. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
(iii) At the end, we get salt solution. Salt can be (1 + 1 + 3 Drawing skill 1 Mark)
separated from water by evaporation. 3

WORKSHEET-23
Solutions 5. (i) Process : Using separating funnel.
(ii)
1. By fractional distillation. 1
2. By crystallization. 1
3. The presence of beads in tube (a) would provide
Separating funnel
large surface area for cooling. Therefore, tube (a)
will be more effective as condenser in the distillation Oil
apparatus. Water
4. It is a pure substance because chemical composition
Stop Cock
of sugar crystals is same irrespective of its source.

1+2
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)

P-14 S C I E N C E - IX
 6. 7. (i) (a) Filtration.
(b) Sedimentation and Decantation.
S.
Simple distillation Fractional distillation (c) Separating funnel.
No.
(d) Evaporation.
(i) By simple distillation, By fractional distilla- (e) Sublimation.
we can separate two tion, we can separate (f) Winnowing.
miscible liquids having a mixture of two or
(ii) (a) Water boils to form steam : Physical
sufficient difference in more miscible liquids
change.
their boiling points. for which the differ-
(b) Burning of paper : Chemical change.
ence in the boiling
points is less than 25°C. (c) An almirah gets rusted : Chemical change.
(d) Making a fruit salad with raw fruits :
(ii) It is done by using A fractionating column
an air condenser or a is fitted in between the
Physical change. ½×6+½×4
water condenser. distillation flask and (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
the condenser for the
process.
e.g., Different gases from air are separated by fractional
distillation. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 2 + 1

WORKSHEET-24
Solutions Air
↓
1. Purification of salt that we get from sea water. 1 Compress and cool by increasing
2. Chromatography is used for the separation of those pressure and decreasing temperature
solutes that dissolve in the same solvent. 1 ↓
3. Distillation, since acetone is more volatile it will Liquid Air
separate out first. ↓
4. (a) (i) Take some (approximately 5 g) impure sam- Allow to warm up slowly in
ple of alum in a china dish. fractional distillation column
(ii) Dissolve it in minimum amount of water. ↓
(iii) Filter the impurities out. Gases get separated at different heights
(iv) Evaporate water from the alum solution so (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 2 + 1
as to get a saturated solution.
6. (i) Saturated solution is the one which contains
(v) Cover the solution with a filter paper and maximum amount of solute dissolved in a given
leave it undisturbed at room temperature to quantity of the solvent at a given temperature.
cool slowly for a day. By increasing the temperature.
(vi) You will obtain the crystals of alum in the (ii)
China dish. Reservoir sedimentation tank to allow solids to settle
↓
This process is called crystallization.
Loading tank to sediment the suspended impurities
(b) Application : Purification of water (loading). ↓
Antiseptic (after shave) 1½+½+1 Filtration tank
↓
5. Air is a homogeneous mixture and can be separated Chlorination to kill bacteria
into its components by the process of fractional ↓
distillation. The flow diagram shows the steps of Supply
the process. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1+1+3

WORKSHEET-25
Solutions
1. (i) Boiling : It is the process of conversion of a
liquid into its vapours.
(ii) The volatile solvent from its non-volatile solute.
(iii) Ink is a mixture of dyes in water.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1 + 1 + 1
2. (i) No.
(ii) Crystals of salt and sugar will appear. This is
because solubility of a solid decreases with
decrease in temperature. 2
3. Student C has prepared the desired solution

S OLUT I ONS P-15

 Mass of solute × 100 (v) On cooling, remove the funnel and transfer the
\ Mass by Volume (%) = solid ammonium chloride sticking on the walls
Volume of solution of funnel to a watch glass.
50 × 100 Cotton plug
= = 50% 3
100
Inverted funnel
4. (a) Ammonium chloride changes directly from
solid to gaseous state on heating. So, to separate Vapours of
ammonium
mixtures containing a sublimable volatile chloride Solidified
component from a non-sublimable impurity ammonium
chloride
i.e., sodium chloride, the sublimation process is
used.
(i) Place the china dish over a wire gauze placed Mixture of China dish
over a tripod stand. ammonium
chloride and salt
(ii) Cover the china dish with an inverted glass
funnel and plug in a little cotton at the opening
stem.
(iii) On heating the mixture, white fumes evolve.
(iv) Stop heating when the fumes stop rising and
allow the funnel to cool. (b) Camphor and naphthalene. 4+1

WORKSHEET-26
Solutions
1. (i) Sugar and water (ii) Glucose and water
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014) 1 + 1
2. True solution : glucose powder with water.
Colloidal solution : milk with water.
Suspension : sand with water, soil with water.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2013) 2
5. (a) Starch solution; it is a colloid.
(b) Heterogeneous solution scatters the beam of
light, one can see the path of light through it, as it
shows Tyndall effect.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016) 2
6.
Opaque solution; unstable; residue left on
filtration; particles in a fine suspension shows
Tyndall effect. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016) 2

3. Student D will be able to prepare the colloidal 7.

solution as egg is not completely miscible in water. Type of Solution Colloid Suspen-
Two properties of colloidal solution are :
Mixture sion
(i) Particles of colloidal solutions cannot be sepa-
rated. property
(ii) A colloidal solution appears to be homogene- Transpar- Transpar- Opaque Translucent
ous but actually it is a heterogeneous mixture ency ent
of solute and solvent.
Scatter of Do not Tyndall Tyndall
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014) 2
beam of show effect effect
4. Two examples : light Tyndall
Solutions of chalk powder and sand in water. effect
Transparency—Opaque ](CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016, 15) 2
Stability—Unstable
8. When the sodium chloride is dissolved in a beaker
Filtration—Residue left. (Any two) 2 with distilled water, a true transparent solution is
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016) obtained. When starch is dissolved in dissolved
water, a translucent colloid is formed. Lastly, when
chalk powder is dissolved, an opaque suspension is
formed. 2

qqq

P-16 S C I E N C E - IX
CHAPTER
SECTION

B
3 ATOMS AND MOLECULES

TOPIC-1
Lows of Chemical Combination, Atom and Molecules,
Valency, Chemical Formula of Common Compounds
WORKSHEET-27
(ii) Mg2+
Solutions NO3–

1. It states that mass can neither be created nor

destroyed in a chemical reaction. 1 Mg(NO3)2
2. Law of constant proportion states that in a chemical (iii) Al3+ S2–
compound the elements are always present in a
definite proportion by mass. 1
(Al)2S3 1+1+1=3
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]

3. The electrons present in the outermost shell of an 6. (i) Cu+2 Br– CuBr2 1
atom are called as valence electrons. 1 (ii) NH4+CO3–2 [NH4]2CO3 1
+3 –2
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015] (iii) Al O Al2O3 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015]
4. (i) Na CO3
7. (i) International Union of Pure and Applied
+1 –2 Chemistry (IUPAC).
Na2CO3 (ii) When ice melts into water it is a physical change.
Take a piece of ice in a small flask, cork it and
(ii) NH4 Cl
weigh it and denote it as Wice gm.
+1 –1 Heat the flask gently and ice (solid) slowly melts
into water (liquid). Then, weigh the flask again as
NH4Cl 1 + 1 = 2
Wwater gm.
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011]
It is found that there is no change in the weight i.e.,
5. (i) NH4+ SO42– Wice = Wwater
Heat ∆
Ice  → Water
(NH4)2SO4
This shows law of conservation of mass holds true
for physical changes. 5
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015]

WORKSHEET-28
Solutions 5. Gold = Au, Copper = Cu, Potassium = K,
1. Phosphorus. 1 Silver = Ag, Platinum = Pt, Iron = Fe. 3
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014]
2. (i) Triatomic – Ozone (O3)
(ii) Polyatomic – Sulphur (S8)  ½ + ½ 6. (i) Al NO3
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
3 1
3. Sulphur (S8) or Phosphorus (P4). 1 Al(NO3)3

[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
(ii) Mg HCO3

4. (a) (i) Calcium hydroxide ½ 2 1

Mg(HCO3)2
(ii) Potassium sulphate ½
(b) Bivalent cation = Mg2+, Ca2+, Zn2+, Fe2+, Cu2+ (iii) Na SO4
1×3=3
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011] (Any two) ½+½ 1 2
Na2SO4

[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014]

S OLUT I ONS P-17

 Given no. of particles
7. (a) Number of moles =
Avagadro number
2.58 × 1019
=
6.022 × 10 23
WORKSHEET-29
Solutions
1. Magnesium oxide → MgO, Cation → magnesium
(Mg2+) , Anion → oxide (O2–). ½ + ½
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
2. X2O3. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] 1
3. Valency of X = 0. (K shell is completely filled) 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
4. (i) Zn3 (PO4)2 1
(ii) The ratio by mass of constituting elements in
carbon dioxide is : 1
CO2 = 12 : 32
 3 : 8 [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011]
5. (a) (i) E. Goldstein
(ii) Mass of proton = 1.67 × 10–27 kg
WORKSHEET-30
Solutions
1. NaOH, NaNO3. ½ + ½
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
2. (i) H2SO4 = 7 = (2 + 1 + 4)
(ii) CCl4 = 5 = (1 + 4). ½ + ½
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
3. (i) Lead — Pb
(ii) Boron — B ½ +½
4. The law states that matter can neither be created
nor destroyed or mass of reactants is always equal
to that of product.
C + O2 → CO2 1
Carbon + Oxygen → Carbon dioxide
Mass of reactants = 12 + 32 = 44 g ½
Mass of product (CO2) = 44 g ½
(One mole of C reacts with one mole of oxygen to
form one mole of CO2) not used. 2
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011]
5. (i) Na2O ½
Mg(OH)2 ½
(ii) A group of atoms having charge is called
polyatomic ion. e.g., : CO32– ½+½
(iii) The atomicity of phosphorous (P4) = 4
P-18
= 0.4284 × 10 = 4.284 moles.
(b) (i) Law of conservation of mass.
(ii) Ion
(c) (i) Na3(PO4)
(ii) (NH4)2 CO3 1+2+2=5
Charge on a proton = 1.6 × 10–19 coulomb.
Also charge is + 1 and mass is 1 unit.
(iii) Protons are located in the nucleus.
(b) Number of neutrons = 28 – 14 = 14.
Element is silicon. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014] 3
6. NaHCO3, KHCO3, Al(HCO3)3, Mg(HCO3)2,
Ca(HCO3)2, Zn(HCO3)2. ½×6=3
7. (i) Law of constant proportion.
(ii) A compound prepared by any method contains the
same elements in the fixed ratio by mass.
For example, H2O contains hydrogen and oxygen in
the ratio 2 : 16 i.e., 1 : 8 by mass.
(iii) Atoms can neither be sub-divided, created nor
destroyed.
(iv) Atoms of different elements combine in simple
whole number ratios to form chemical compound.
1+2+1+1=5
The atomicity of Ammonia (NH3) = 1 + 3× 1 = 4
½+½
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
6. (i) Molecule of element is made up of only 1 kind
of atom. ½
e.g., C12, Br2, O2. ½
Molecule of compound contains two or more
different kinds of atoms in a fixed ratio.
e.g., water, CO2. ½ + ½
(ii) NaHCO3. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] 1
7. When 3.0 gm of carbon is burnt in 8.0 gm oxygen,
11.0 gm of carbon dioxide is produced. It means
carbon and oxygen are combined in the ratio of
3 : 8 to form carbon dioxide. Thus, when there is
3 gm carbon and 50 gm oxygen, then also only 8
gm of oxygen will be used and 11 gm of carbon
dioxide will be formed. The remaining oxygen is
This indicates the law of definite proportions. 1
According to this law, the elements are always
present in definite proportion by mass in a chemical
substance. All pure samples of a compound contain
the same elements combined together in the same
proportion by mass. 2
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
S C I E N C E - IX
 WORKSHEET-31
Solutions 7. (a) Diagram :
Rubber Thread
1. O(8) = 2, 6 ½ cork
KL
Number of valence electrons = 6 ½ Small
ignition tube
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015] Solution of
barium chloride
2. (NH4)2SO4. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] 1 Conical
flask
3. XCl5. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] 1
Solution of Sodium sulphate 1
4. (i) Electronic distribution of element B = 2, 8, 6 ½ (b) Procedure :
(ii) Valency of A is 1. ½ (i) Prepare 5% solution of each : sodium sul-
(iii) Atomic number of element B is 16. ½ phate and barium chloride.
(ii) A little amount of sodium sulphate solution is
(iv) Mass number of element D is 39. ½
taken in a conical flask and a little solution of
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011] barium chloride is taken in an ignition tube.
(iii) Hang the ignition tube in the conical flask
5. (a) Atomic mass unit is exactly equal to one-twelfth carefully as shown in the figure.
the mass of one atom of carbon-12. 1 (iv) Put a cork on the flask and weigh the flask
(b) (i) (NH4)2CO3 with its contents.
(ii) Na2O ½ + ½ (v) Now tilt and swirl the flask so that the two
(c) Aluminium sulphate. The ions present are Al3+, solutions are mixed up well.
SO42–. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] ½ + ½ (vi) Weigh the flask again. 2
(c) Observation :
6. (a) Atom can neither be created nor destroyed. 1 (i) Chemical reaction takes place.
(ii) Weight of the flask remains same before and
(b) (i) Potassium nitrate after the reaction. 1
(ii) Aluminium sulphate (d) Conclusion :
(iii) Carbon tetrachloride (i) Total mass of the products = Total mass of
(iv) Hydrogen sulphide ½×4=2 the reactants
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] (ii) Law of conservation of mass is true. 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]

WORKSHEET-32
Solutions 5. The combining power (or capacity) of an element
to displace or combine with number of hydrogen
1. Valency of X = 3 atoms is known as its valency.
Formula of its chloride = XCl3. ½ + ½ Ca++ → divalent NH4+ → monovalent
++
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] Cu → divalent Al+++ → trivalent
1+½+½+½+½=3
2. NH4Cl. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] 1 [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016]

3. (i) Iron — Fe 6. (a) The number of atoms constituting a molecule is

(ii) Potassium — K ½ + ½ known as atomicity. 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] (b) (i) P4 (ii) Ar ½+½
(c) (i) 4 (ii) 5 ½+½
4. (a) A negatively charged ion (that gains electrons) [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015]
is called an anion. e.g. Cl–, Br–
(b) (i) NH4OH 7. (a) (i) AgNO3
(ii) CaCl2 (ii) MgSO4
(c) Molecular mass of H2SO4
= 2 × H + S + 4 × O (iii) K2CO3
= 2 × 1 + 1 × 32 + 4 × 16 (iv) BaCl2
= 98 u 1×3=3 (v) Na3PO4
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] (vi) SO2 ½×6=3

S OLUT I ONS P-19

 (b) The number of particles (atoms, molecules or ions)
present in 1 mole of any substance is fixed, with
a value of 6.022 × 1023. This is an experimentally
obtained value. This number is called the Avogadro
Constant or Avogadro Number. (represented by
No). 1
(1) No. of molecules in 2 moles of MgSO4
= 2 × 6.022 × 1023
=12.044 × 1023 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]

TOPIC-2
Atomic and Molecular Masses, Mole Concept,
Relationship of Mole to Mass of the Particles
and Numbers

WORKSHEET-33
Solutions Triatomic molecules of a compound : CO2, H2O,
SO2 3×1=3
1. Sum of atomic masses of all the atoms in a formula [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
unit of a compound is called formula unit mass. 1 4. (i) The exact number of atoms present in 12 g of
2. 1 mole of H2O2 = 2 × 1 + 2 × 16 = 34 gm ½  carbon-12 is called Avogadro constant. 1
34 gm of H2O2 = 1 mole ½ m Given mass
(ii)
No. of moles = =
1 M molar mass
∴ 17 gm of H2O2 = × 17 ½
34 56
= = 2.8 2
1 20
= = 0.5 moles ½
2
5. (a) (i) Ba(NO3)2 (Barium Nitrate)
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011] (ii) FeS (Ferrous Sulphide) 2

3. (a) It is the mass unit exactly equal to one-twelfth (b) A chemical compound is always made up of the
same elements combined together in the same
(1/12th) the mass of one atom of carbon-12 .
fixed proportion by mass. 1
(b) The molecular mass of a substance is the sum of the
(c) (i) 18 g of H2O = 1 mole
atomic masses of all atoms in a molecule whereas 1
the mass of 1 mole of any substance is called its 36 g of H2O = × 36 = 2 moles 1
18
molar mass. Molecular mass is measured by amu
(ii) 32 g of oxygen = 1 mole
whereas molar mass by g/mol. 1
4 g of oxygen = × 4 = 0.125 mole 1
(c) Diatomic molecules of a compound : HCl, CO, 32
NO [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]

WORKSHEET-34
Solutions

1. Atomic mass unit is equal to 1/12th the mass of one 3. (i) The exact number of atoms present in 12 gm of
atom of carbon-12. carbon-12 is called Avogadro’s constant. 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] 1 (ii) Number of molecules
Given mass × Avogadro's number
= ½
2. (a) K2SO4. 1 Molar mass
(b) (i) C2H2 = 2 × 12 + 2 × 1 = 24 + 2 = 26 u ½
(ii) P4 = 4 × 31 = 124 u ½
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011]

P-20 S C I E N C E - IX
 Molar mass of N2 = 14 × 2 = 28 ½
56
No. of moles of N2 = × 6.022 × 1023 ½
28
= 12.044 × 1023 ½
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
4. The sum of the atomic masses of all atoms in a
formula unit of a compound is called formula unit
mass. 1
NaCl = (1 × 23) + (1 × 35.5) ½
= 23 + 35.5 ½
= 58.5 u 1
5. (i) (a) Two atoms of oxygen—2O ½
(b) Diatomic oxygen—O2 molecule ½
(c) Triatomic oxygen—O3 molecule ½
(d) Two atoms of hydrogen and one atom of
oxygen forming one molecule of water
(H2O). ½
(ii) (a) K2CO3—Potassium carbonate ½
(b) CaCl2—Calcium chloride ½
(iii) Al2(SO4)3
Al = 27 × 2 = 54 u
S = 32 × 3 = 96 u
O = 16 × 12 = 192 u
Formula unit mass = 54 + 96 + 192 = 342 u. 2
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]

WORKSHEET-35

Solutions 5.75 g of sodium will have the same number of
atoms as 6 gm of magnesium.
1. The molecular mass of a substance is the sum of [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
the atomic masses of all the atoms in a molecule of
4. (a) A group of atoms carrying a charge is known as
the substance. It is, therefore, the relative mass of a
polyatomic ion. 1+1
molecule expressed in atomic mass units (u). 1 e.g., PO43–, SO42–, NH41+.
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] (b) Mass of 10 moles of Na2SO3
= 10 (23 × 2 + 32 + 16 × 3)
2.
Chemical formula of a compound shows its
= 1260 gm 1
constituent elements and the number of atoms of (c) (i) m = 8 gm, M = 32 gm, N = ?, N0 = 6.022 × 1023
each combining element. 1 m 8
=
CaO - Calcium oxide 1 n = = 0.25 1
M 32
Formula unit mass of CaO
N = n × N0
= Atomic mass of Ca + Atomic mass of O 23
= 40 + 16 = 56 u ½+½ = 0.25 × 6.022 × 10
23
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] = 1.50550 × 10 molecules
(ii) m = 22 gm, M = 44, n = ?
3. The mole is the amount of substance that contains m 22 1
the same number of particles (atoms/ions/ n = = = = 0.5 mole 1
M 44 2
molecules/formula units, etc.) as there are atoms in
exactly 12 g of carbon-12. 1 [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
Given mass 6 1
Number of moles of Mg = = = ½ 5. (i) Mole : One mole of any species (atoms,
Molar mass 24 4
molecules, ions or particles) is that quantity in
1 number having a mass equal to its atomic or
Number of moles of Na = molecular mass in grams. 1
4
(ii) 1 mole = 6.022 × 1023 in number – Relative mass in
Mass of sodium g. 2
Number of moles of Na =
Molar mass (iii) 1 mole of oxygen contain 6.022 × 1023 molecules
1 Mass of sodium 0.25 mole of oxygen contain 6.022 × 1023 × 0.25 =
= 1 1.505 × 1023 molecules. 2
4 23 [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
23
Mass of sodium = = 5.75 g ½
4

S OLUT I ONS P-21

 WORKSHEET-36
Solutions (b) One mole means 6.022×1023 particles of a
substance.
1. 6.022 × 1023 atoms or one mole. 1 OR
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] One mole of an element contains 6.022×1023 atoms
of an element. 1
OR
2. Formula unit mass : It is the sum of the atomic
On mole represents one gm formula mass of a
masses of all the atoms in a formula unit of a substance.
compound. (c) For Sodium For Iron
It is calculated by adding the atomic masses of all m = 100 g m = 100 g
the atoms present in one formula unit. M = 23 g M = 56 g
m 100 m 100
Formula unit mass of (NH4)2SO4 n = = n = =
= 2 (14 + 4 × 1) + 32 + 4 × 16 = 132 u 1 × 3 = 3 M 23 M 56
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] N = n × No N = n × No 1+1
100 100
3. (a) (i) Atoms cannot exist independently whereas = × 6.022 × 1023 = × 6.022 × 1023
23 56
molecules can exist independently. 1
= 4.38 × 6.022 × 1023 = 1.785 × 6.022 × 1023
(ii) Molecular mass is the sum of masses of the Hence 100 g sodium has more number of atoms.
atoms in the molecule whereas formula mass is [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011]
the sum of atomic masses of all the atoms in a
formula unit of an ionic compound. 1 5. (i) 0.9% mass by mass means 0.9 gm NaCl in 100
(b) (NH4)2SO4 [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] 1 gm of solution 1
∴ Given mass = 0.9 gm 1
4. (a) (i) Cr3+ SO42– Molar mass of NaCl = 58.5 mol–1 1
m 0·9
Number of moles = = = 0.015 u 1
M 58·5
(ii) Number of molecules = n × N0
= 0.015 × 6.022 × 10­23
Valencies 3 2 = 0.09 × 1023 or 9.033 × 1021 1
Cr2(SO4)3 1 [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
+2
(ii) Pb NO31–

Valencies 2 1
Pb(NO3)2 1

WORKSHEET-37
Solutions Step II :
1 mol. of Al2O3 contain Al atom
1. Each mole of phosphate ion possesses 4 moles of = 2 × Avogadro No.
oxygen atoms as represented by the formula. 1 0.0005 eq. mol of Al2O3 contain Al atoms
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015] = 2 × 0.0005 × 6.022 × 1023
= 6.022 × 1020 atoms.
2. (i) Mg (OH)2
The number of Al ions (Al+3) present is the same as
(ii) Step I :
the number of Al atoms.
(Gram molecular mass of Al2O3)
No. of Al+3 ions = 6.022 × 1020 ions. 2
= 2 × 27 + 3 × 16
= 102 g
∴ 102 g of Al2O3 = 1 mol
1
∴ 0.051 g of Al2O3 = × 0.051 mol
102
= 0.0005 mol

P-22 S C I E N C E - IX
 3. (i) Number of moles 240 gm of Ca = 1/40 × 240 = 6 mole
n 24 gm of Mg = 1 mole
n = 240 gm of Mg = 1/24 × 240 = 10 mole
M
m Given mass in grams ∴ Molar ratio is 6 : 10 i.e., 3 : 5 2½ + 2½
= = ½
M Molar mass 5. (i) 1 hydrogen gas molecule contains 2 atoms of
60 hydrogen
= = 1.5 1 ∴ 1 dozen of H2 = 24 atoms of H
40
6.022 × 1023 molecules of H2 = 1 mole
(ii) 1 mole = 6.022 × 1023 ½ 12
∴ 12 molecules of H2 = mole 2½
N 6.02 × 10 23
Number of moles n =
N0 (ii) Hydrogen : Oxygen (by mass)
 1 : 8
N Given number of particles 2 gm : 16 gm
== ½
N0 Avogadro's number
1
23 1 mole of H2 combines with mole of oxygen,
= 3.011 × 10 = 1 = 0.5 ½ 2
6.022 × 10 23 2
12 mole of H2 combines with
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
6.02 × 10 23
4. (i) M
olecular mass of CO2 = 44 u 12
5 mole of CO2 = 5 × 44 = 220 gm 2× moles of oxygen
6.02 × 10 23
Molecular mass of H2S = 34 u
5 mole of H2S = 5 × 34 = 170 gm Required O2 = 0.99 × 10–23 moles. 2½
Hence, both do not have same mass. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
(ii) 40 gm of Ca = 1 mole

WORKSHEET-38
Solutions
1. A and B react to form AxBy. The valencies of A and
B are y and x respectively. ½
C and D react to form CpDq. The valencies of C and
D are q and p respectively. ½
When A and D react :
A D
= 2 [(2 × 1) + 16]
= 2 [2 + 16] = 36 g 1
∴ Weight of the reactants = Weight of the products
in the reaction.
Thus, the above reaction obeys the law of
conservation of mass. 1
16g
4. Mass of 1 molecule of CH4 =
NA

y p Mass of 1.5 × 1020 molecules of methane

A D 1.5×10 20×16
p y 1 = g
NA
(Valencies are exchanged to find the formula of a 
chemical compound). 1 30
Mass of 1 molecule of C2H6 = g
2. Molecular weight of CnH2n + 2 NA
= 12 × n + 1 × (2n + 2) ½
Molecular weight = 58 ½ 1.5×10 20×16
Mass of molecules of C2H6 is = g
∴ 12n + 2n + 2 = 58 ½ NA
14n = 56 ½ 1.5×10 20×16
56 \ Number of molecules of ethane = g
n = = 4 1 NA
14
NA
H2n + 2 = H10 × = 0.8 × 1020
Substituting the value of n in CnH2n + 2, we get 30
molecular formula of the compound as C4H10. 5. 1 mole of oxygen atoms = 6.023 × 1023 atoms
Therefore, the empirical formula of the compound
2.58×10 24
or the simplest ratio between the molecules is C2H5. \ Number of moles of oxygen atoms =
3. 2H2 + O2 → 2H2O 6.022×10 23
Weight of the reactants taking part in the reaction = 4.28 mol
= 2 (2 × 1) + 2 × 16 4.28 moles of oxygen atoms.
= 4 + 32 = 36 g 1
Weight of the product formed in the reaction

S OLUT I ONS P-23

 WORKSHEET-39
Solutions
1. No, there is no change in mass when a chemical
reaction takes place. 2
2. Yes, law of conservation of mass is obeyed in all
types of chemical reactions. 2
3. Change in physical state, evolution of a gas,
formation of a precipitate, noticeable odour, change
in colour or change in temperature, etc. can be
observed during a chemical reaction. 2
4. The identity of an element is not lost in a chemical
reaction. Only the old bonds break and new bonds
are formed. During a chemical change simply a
rearrangement of atoms of different elements takes
P-24
place resulting in no loss or gain of mass. 2
5. When a chemical reaction is carried out in an
open container, some mass in the form of a gas,
or vapours may escape into the surrounding and
hence the mass in the container no longer remains
constant. Hence, the law of conservation of mass
cannot be verified if products formed in a chemical
reaction are gaseous and if they escape into the
surrounding. 2
6. Mass of Na2CO3 = (111.5 – 53.5) g = 58 g
7. The observation made by student C is correct.
White precipitate is formed after mixing, mass of
reaction mixture in the beaker including mass of
beaker which is 373.3 gm.
8. Mass of iron sulphide = 28 + 16 = 44 g
qqq
S C I E N C E - IX
CHAPTER
SECTION

B
4 STRUCTURE OF ATOM

WORKSHEET-40
Solutions
1. It is the number of protons in the nucleus of an
atom. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016] 1
2. Electron is a negatively charged particle present
outside the nucleus of an atom.
It was discovered by J. J. Thomson in 1897. ½ + ½
3. (i) Positively charged atom : Cation 1
(ii)
Group of atoms carrying a charge : Polyatomic ion.
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011] 1
4. K L M K L K electron. 3
Na = 2, 8, 1 Na+ = 2, 8 He = 2.
Na+ has completely filled K and L shells. Na atom
gets converted into Na+ by losing one electron
from its outermost shell. He atom has only K
shell. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011] 2
5. Electron : by J.J Thomson in 1897
Proton : by E. Goldstein in 1886
Neutron : by James Chadwick in 1932 1 + 1 + 1 = 3
6. Electronic configuration of Na is : 2, 8, 1
K L M
P
+
N
K shell of Na has 2, L shell has 8 and M shell has one
7. Isotopes of hydrogen are :
Protium 1H1 (1 proton, 0 neutron), Mass no. 1
Deuterium 1H2 (1 proton, 1 neutron), Mass no. 2
Tritium 1H3 (1 proton, 2 neutrons), Mass no. 3
3 + 1 +1 = 3

WORKSHEET-41
Solutions
1. Protons and Neutrons. ½+½
2. The charge / mass ratio of an electron is 1.76 × 1011
C Kg–1. 1
3. (i) Electronic configuration – 2, 8, 3
(ii) Atomic number – 13
(iii) Number of protons – 13
(iv) Valency – 3 ½×4=2
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011]
(ii) E.C. of Na = 2, 8, 1 Valency = 1
(iii) E.C. of Si = 2, 8, 4 Valency = 4 3
26
6. A 13 electrons ⇒ 13 protons + 13 neutrons
Atomic number = 26 – 13 = 13
26
B14 electrons ⇒ 14 protons + 14 neutrons
Atomic number = 26 – 14 = 12 3
They are isobars. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015]

4. No. of protons = Atomic number = 9 7. (i) e = 20, p = 20, n = 40 – 20 = 20, Electronic

No. of protons + neutrons = Mass number = 19 Configuration = 2, 8, 8, 2.
Number of electrons = 9
Number of protons = 9
Number of neutrons = Mass number – Atomic
P
N
number
= 19 – 9 = 10
Electronic configuration of X = 2, 7
Valency of X = 1 (since it requires one
electron to complete its octet) (ii) Atom has K = 2 e; L = 8 e
½×4=2 ∴ Total electrons = 2 + 8 = 10 e– ⇒ complete shell
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011] with 8 e–
5. (i) E.C. of Cl = 2, 8, 7 Valency = – 1 ∴ Noble gas. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014] 5

WORKSHEET-42
Solutions 2. It will change into trivalent anion / Z3–. 1
1. The notation of an atom is represented as : A [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2010]
ZX. 1

S OLUT I ONS P-25

 3. (a) Particle is neutron.
Neutron is present in the nucleus of an atom.
(b) (i) Total number of electrons = 10
(ii) Valency is zero. ½×4=2
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011]
4. (i) 12 ½
(ii) Atomic number = 12 ½
(iii) ‘X’ is a metal. ½
(iv) Valency of ‘X’ is + 2. ½
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011]
26
5. A 13 electrons ⇒ 13 protons + 13 neutrons
Atomic number = 26 – 13 = 13
26
B14 electrons ⇒ 14 protons + 14 neutrons
Atomic number = 26 – 14 = 12 3
They are isobars. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015]
6. Isotopes : Isotopes are the atoms of the same
element having same atomic number, but different
mass numbers.
Three isotopes of hydrogen : 11 H, 21 H , 31 H
Isotopes show similar chemical properties because
the number of valence electrons in these atoms are
same. 1+1+1=3
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
WORKSHEET-43
Solutions
1. Electronic configuration of oxygen is = 2, 6. Hence,
valency = 8 – 6 = 2 1
2. Atomic number = 2 + 8 + 1 = 11
Hence, atomic number = number of electrons = 11
½ (i) Uranium (ii) Cobalt ½+½
The name of the atom is sodium. ½
3. (i) The valency of Z is 3. 1
(ii) Z is a metal because it is electropositive and reacts
with non-metals. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011] 1
4. (i) Mass number i.e., Atomic mass of element X =
Number of protons + Number of neutrons shared gives us the combining capacity of an atom
= 4 + 4 = 8 u ½
(ii) Mass number i.e., Atomic mass of element Y =
Number of protons + Number of neutrons
= 4 + 6 = 10 u ½
Relationship between X and Y : Isotopes.
The atomic number of both the elements is same,
but their atomic masses are different. 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011]
5. (a) The atoms of same element having same atomic
number, but different mass numbers are called
isotopes.
e.g., 1H1, 1H2, 1H3. (any other example) 1
P-26
7. In this experiment fast moving a-particles were
made to fall on a thin gold foil.
The following observations were made :
(i) Most of the fast moving α-particles passed straight
through the gold foil.
(ii) Some of the α-particles were deflected by the foil
by small angles.
(iii) One out of every 12000 particles appeared to
rebound.
Conclusions :
(i) Most of the space inside the atom is empty because
most of the α-particles passed through the gold foil
without getting deflected.
(ii) Very few particles were deflected from their path,
indicating that the positive charge of the atom
occupies very little space.
(iii) A very small fraction of α-particles was deflected
by 180°, indicating that all the positive charge and
mass of the gold atom were concentrated in a very
small volume within the atom. 5
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014]
(b) The atoms of different elements with same mass
number and different atomic numbers are called
isobars.
e.g., : Calcium (atomic number 20) and argon
(atomic number 18)
Mass number is same (i.e, 40) 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
6. (i) Valency : The combining capacity of an atom is
known as its valency.
Valency is the no. of electrons in outermost shell
of an atom. The no. of electrons gained or lost or
and this decides whether an atom is reactive or
not.
(ii) The atomic number of Argon = 18, i.e., it has 18
electrons.
Hence, its electronic configuration will be 2, 8, 8
Since it has 8 electrons in its valence shell,
So, its valency = 8 – 8 = (zero) 5
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016, 2012]
S C I E N C E - IX
 WORKSHEET-44
Solutions 5. (i) He2 – 2 Be4 – 2, 2
In case of He, its first shell is the last shell with 2
1. Atomic number (Z) = Number of protons = 15 ½ e– (stable).
Atomic mass (A) = Number of protons (ii) Hydrogen isotopes = H11, H12, H13, are chemically
+ Number of neutrons similar because they have same atomic number.
= 15 + 16 = 31 ½ [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014] 3
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2010]
2. Number of electrons = 11 6. (a) The following rules are followed for writing the
number of electrons in different energy levels or
Mass number = 23 shells :
Atomic number = number of electrons = 11 (i) The maximum number of electrons present in
Hence, number of neutrons a shell is given by the formula 2n2 where ‘n’ is
= mass number – atomic number ½ the orbit number or energy level index 1, 2, 3
....
= 23 – 11 = 12 ½
Hence, the maximum number of electrons in
3. (i) Electronic configuration — 2, 8, 1 different shells are as follows :
(ii) Number of protons — 11 1st orbit or K-shell will be = 2 × 12 = 2,
(iii) Atomic number — 11 2nd orbit or L-shell will be 2 × 22 = 8,
(iv) Valency of this element — 1 ½×4=2 3rd orbit or M-shell will be 2 × 32 = 18,
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011] 4th orbit or N-shell will be 2 × 42 = 32 and so
on.
4. (i) B (no. of protons > no. of electrons) (ii) The maximum, number of electrons that can
(ii) A (no. of electrons > no. of protons) be accommodated in the outermost orbit is 8.
(iii) Electrons are not accommodated in a given
(iii) C and E (same atomic number but different mass shell, unless the inner shells are filled. That is,
number) the shells are filled in a step-wise manner : 3
(iv) D (8 e– in valence shell) ½×4=2 (b) Atomic number of element = 12 K L M
2 8 2
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011]
Element is magnesium. 2
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015]

WORKSHEET-45
Solutions
1. L = nucleons = 20 + 20 = 40
M = nucleons = 18 + 22 = 40
Both have same atomic mass but different atomic
number.
Relation between L and M : Isobars. 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014]
2. The formula for calculating the maximum number
of electrons in an orbit is 2n2. 1
3. (i) Cobalt.
(ii) Na, Sodium ion.
(iii) The observation will be the same with the foil of any
heavy metal, but in case of the foil of lighter metal,
the massive alpha-particles may push the nucleus
and may not be deflected. 1 × 3 = 3
4. (i) Symbolic representation : 27
13X.
(ii) Number of neutrons : 14; Number of electrons : 13
(iii) Electronic configuration : 2, 8, 3 1 × 3 = 3
5. (a) Isobars. (X-Argon and Y-Calcium) 1
(b) Na contain one electron more than Na+. ½
The (+)ve charge indicates that it has lost one
electron. ½
(c) (i) Isotope of iodine is used in the treatment of
goitre. ½
(ii) Isotope of cobalt is used in the treatment of
cancer. ½
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
6. (i) Isotopes of an element have same atomic number
and electronic configuration. Since the chemical
properties of the elements are related to their
electronic configurations the elements with similar
configuration will have similar properties. Thus, the
isotopes of an element are chemically similar.
(ii) The number of protons in the nucleus of an atom
is equal to the number of electrons in the extra
nuclear portion.

S OLUT I ONS P-27

 Since each proton and each electron has the same
charge, but with opposite magnitude, the atom is
electrically neutral.
(iii) The atoms of noble gas elements have complete
outermost shells. Hence, they are least reactive.
WORKSHEET-46
Solutions
1. Neutrons have no charge and their mass is equal to
that of a proton. i.e., 1 unit. ½
J. Chadwick discovered neutrons. ½
24
2. (a) (i) 12Mg p = 12, n = 12 ½
26
12Mg p = 12, n = 14 ½
(ii) Electronic configuration : 2, 8, 2 ½
Valency : 2 ½
(b) Different mass numbers due to the presence of
different number of neutrons. 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
3. (i) Average atomic mass of chlorine = [{(35 × 75)
+ (37 × 25)} ÷ (75 + 25)] = 35.5 u 1
(ii) Any charged particle that is moving in a circular
path would lose energy and finally fall into the
nucleus. This would lead to destruction of atom.
WORKSHEET-47
Solutions
1. Hydrogen has one proton and one electron in
its atom. Neutron is not present in ordinary
hydrogen.  3
2. Helium and hydrogen are the gases that are used in
weather observation balloons. The atomic mass of
helium is twice its atomic number. configuration of Z2– = 2, 8, 8. 2+1=3
Hence, the element yX2y is identified as helium,
4 electrons should be removed from the dinegative
2He . 3
3. The atomic mass (A) of X is equal to its atomic
number (Z), i.e., Z = A = y. Therefore, number of
neutrons in X are A – Z = y – y = 0 i.e., the element
has no neutrons. 2
Hydrogen is the only element, which does not have
neutrons. Hence, X is identified as hydrogen. 1
4. Since two electrons are present in the M-shell, the
K-shell and L-shell of the element are completely
filled. Electronic configuration of the element is 2(K),
P-28
(iv) Nucleus of an atom is made up of protons that are
positively charged and neutrons that are neutral. The
total mass of neutrons and protons make it heavy.
(v) When an atom changes into an ion (cation or
anion), the valence shell of the ion has a complete
octet or duplet. 1+1+1+1+1=5
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011]
But we know that this cannot happen. Atom is
quite stable. Rutherford model does not explain
this anomaly. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] 2
4. (i) Protons are positively charged with 1 unit of
mass.
Electrons are negatively charged with 1/1836 unit
of mass. 2
Neutrons are neutral with one unit mass.
(ii) Proton = 1, Electron = 1, Neutron = 1. 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
5. (a) electrons/protons/neutrons ½+½+½
(b) Neil Bohr ½
(c) discrete ½
(d) energy levels ½
(e) 2, 8 ½+½
(f) protons/electrons and neutrons ½+½
8(L), 2(M). Hence, the total number of electrons in
the neutral atom is 2 + 8 + 2 =12 or atomic number
of the element is 12.
Thus, the element is identified as magnesium (Mg).
2+1=3
5. Electronic configuration of Z = 2, 8, 6 and Z2– is
formed by gaining two electrons. Thus, electronic
6. Electronic configuration of X2– = 2, 8. Since two
ion to form a neutral atom, therefore electronic
configuration of X = 2, 6. 1
Atomic number of X = 2 + 6 = 8 1
Thus, X is identified as oxygen. 1
7. Electrons are lost or gained from an atom. Electrons
are also shared between atoms of two or more
elements. Thus, the number of protons during a
chemical reaction, i.e., the atomic number of elements,
does not change during a chemical reaction. 3
qqq
S C I E N C E - IX
CHAPTER
SECTION

B
5 CELL–A BASIC UNIT OF LIFE

TOPIC-1
Cell as a Basic Unit of Life, Prokaryotic and
Eukaryotic Cell, Multicellular Organisms

WORKSHEET-48
Solutions (iv) Yes, every cell of the multicellular organism
has come from a single cell. After fertilisation,
1. Amoeba and Euglena. ½+½ single cell is formed. The zygote is actually a
2. Vacuoles. 1 single cell. The zygote gives rise to all the cells
that we have today.
3. Many cells are visible only under a microscope (v) Do not have any shape.
e.g., Mycoplasma is the smallest cell and longest (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016) 2+ 1 + 2
cell in human body is nerve cell or neuron. 2
Detailed Answer :
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014) (i) Amoeba and Euglena are unicellular organisms.
(ii) Multicellular organisms are made up of millions
4. Cell.
and trillions of cells. All these cells perform
Robert Hooke.
specific functions. All the cells specialised for
Under a microscope. Some are big enough can be performing similar functions are grouped
seen with naked eye like egg. together as tissues in the body. Hence, a
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016) 1 + 1 + 1 particular function is carried out by a group of
cells at a definite place in the body. Similarly,
5. Cell. different functions are carried out by different
Basic building blocks of all living organisms. groups of cells in an organism. This is known as
Perform all the activities required to sustain life. division of labour in multicellular organisms.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016) 1 + 2 (iii) Prokaryotic - Bacteria, Eukaryotic - Amoeba.
(iv) Yes, every cell of the multicellular organism has
6. (i) Amoeba, yeast, Euglena (Any two) come from a single cell. After fertilisation, single
(ii) Cell → Tissue → Organ → Organ system → cell is formed. The zygote is actually a single
Organism cell. The zygote gives rise to all the cells that we
(iii) Prokaryotic - Bacteria, Eukaryotic - Amoeba have today.
(v) Both, Amoeba and white blood cells of humans
do not have any fixed shape.

WORKSHEET-49
Solutions 4. (a)

1. Vacuoles.  1 S. Nuclear region of Nuclear region of

No. bacterial cell an animal cell
2. Endocytosis. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016) 1
(i) Poorly defined and Well defined and
3. Unicellular organisms. lacks any covering. membrane bound.
Single cell can perform all the life processes. (ii) Has single chromo- Has more than one
Amoeba, Paramecium etc. some. chromosome.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016) 3
(iii) Lacks true orga- Well defined mem-
Detailed Answer : nelles. brane bound cell
Yes, single-celled (unicellular) organisms can organelles present.
live independently. Unicellular organisms such (b) Chromosomes bear ‘genes’. 2+1
as Amoeba, Paramecium, carry out digestion,
respiration, excretion and reproduction on
their own.

S OLUT I ONS P-29

 5. (a) (1) Cell wall, plasma membrane Similarities : All cells have the same organelles.
(2) Nucleoid,
(3) Plasma membrane
(b) (i) Lack nuclear membrane.
ovum (egg-cell)
(ii) Lack cytoplasmic organelles.
muscle cells red blood cells
(iii) Chlorophyll is associated with membran-
ous vesicles. ½×6 epithelial cell

(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)

6. No, not all cells in our body look alike in terms nerve cell sperm
white blood cells

of shape, size and structure. The shape, size and

structure of cell are determined by the function Different Types of Cell
which it performs. The eggs of many animals are (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016) 2+ 1 + 2
spherical in shape, some are oval in shape, smooth
muscle fibres are spindle shaped, nerve cells are
elongated and RBCs are discoidal in shape. The
size and number of cells also vary from organism
to organism.

WORKSHEET-50
Solutions 4. Difference between Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic
cell :
1. Endosmosis. When cell is kept in hypotonic S.
solution, it will gain water. Prokaryotic cell Eurkaryotic cell
No.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016) 1
(i) Size : generally small Size : generally
(1-10 µm) 1 µm = 10–6 large (5-100 µm)
2. Concentration of water inside the cell is greater.
m.
By osmosis, water moves out and causes shrinking
(ii) Nuclear region : con- Nuclear region :
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016)1
tain only nucleic acid well defined and
3. and is undefined due surrounded by
cell wall to the absence of nu- a nuclear mem-
cell membrane
golgi vesicles Golgi clear membrane and brane.
ribosome apparatus known as nucleoid.
chloroplast
smooth ER
(no ribosomes) (iii) M e m b r a n e - b o u n d Membrane bound
vacuole
nucleus membrane cell-organelles absent. cell organelles
(e.g., chloroplasts,
rough ER raphide
(endoplasmic crystal golgi bodies etc.)
reticulum)
druse present.
large central crystal
vacuole
mitochondrion (Any three) 1 × 3
amyloplast
(starch grain) (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
cytoplasm
5.  (i) 1. Mitochondria, 2. Cytoplasm, 3. Ribosome,
(Any 4 labelling) 1 + ½ × 4 4. Smooth Endoplasmic reticulum, 5. Rough
Endoplasmic reticulum, 6. Nucleolus,
7. Nucleoplasm, 8. Nuclear membrane,
9. Centrosome, 10. Golgi apparatus
(ii) (a) Mitochondria, (b) Ribosome, (c) Nucleus
(iii) (a) Cell wall and
(b) Plastids ¼ × 10 + ½ × 5

WORKSHEET-51
Solutions as nucleoid where as Eukaryotic cells have a well
defined nucleus. ½+½
1. Prokaryotic cells do not have a well defined nuclear
region . Genetic material is present which is known

P-30 S C I E N C E - IX
 Ans. Cytoplasm Bacterial 5. Differences between plant cells and animal cells :
Ribosomes flagellum
Capsule S.
Plant Cells Animal Cells
DNA (Nucleoid) No.
Plasma (i) Plant cells are larger Animal cells are
membrane in size. comparatively
smaller in size.
(ii) They contain cell wall Cell wall is absent.
made of cellulose,
which is present out-
side the plasma mem-
(Any 4 labelling) 1 + 2 brane.
(iii) They contain plastids, Plastids are absent.
3. (i) Cell is called structural unit because all i.e., chloroplast, leu-
organism is made up of cell. Cell is called as coplast and chromo-
functional unit because all the function of body plast.
like genetic, biochemical is performed by the
cell. (iv) Centrosome is ab- Centrosome is pre-
(ii) Because it permits exit and entry of some sent. sent.
selected materials in and out of the cells. (v) Larger vacuoles are Vacuoles either ab-
(iii) Amount of substance dissolved in water or present. sent or very small
solute concentration. 1+1+1 in size.
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] (vi) Food is stored in the Food is stored in the
4. Flower and Fruit—Chromoplast form of starch. form of glycogen.
(vii) Lysosomes either ab- More number of
Leaves of the plant—Chloroplast
sent or very few in prominent lysosomes
Root of the plant—Leucoplast number. are present.
(Any five) 1 × 5

TOPIC-2
Cell Wall, Cell Membrane, Cell Organelles—Structure
and Functions, Chromosomes—Basic Structure
and Number

WORKSHEET-52
Solutions
1. Chromoplast. 1
2. The process through which an amoeba acquires
its food from the external environment is
endocytosis.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014, 2012) 1
3. Mitochondria; as energy is released from it. ½ + ½
4. Ribosomes is a cell organelle that lacks membrane.
It is prepared in the nucleolus. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014) ½ + 1 + ½
1+1
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2013)
5. Endoplasmic reticulum is a membranous network
enclosing a fluid-filled lumen. The two types of
endoplasmic reticulum are Rough Endoplasmic
Reticulum (RER) and Smooth Endoplasmic
Reticulum. (SER). RER has ribosomes attached to its
surface. The ribosomes take part in protein synthesis.
SER does not have any ribosomes on it and secretes
lipids. Some proteins and lipids synthesised in
ER are used for producing new cellular parts,
specially the cell membrane, by biogenesis.
6. ATP; Adenosine Tri Phosphate
Mitochondria. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 3

S OLUT I ONS P-31

Detailed Answer : Difference between osmosis and diffusion :
ATP is the energy currency of the cell. Its expanded S.No. Osmosis Diffusion
form is Adenosine Triphosphate.
(i) It takes place The diffusion does not
Mitochondria. through semi-per- require any membrane.
7. Movement of solvent (usually water) from a region meable membrane.
of high water concentration to a region of low (ii) Movement of solvent Movement of solid, liq-
water concentration; it takes place through semi- is involved. uid and gases are in-
permeable whereas the diffusion does not require volved.
any membrane, in osmosis movement of solvent is 1½ + 1½
involved whereas in diffusion movement of solid,
liquid and gases are involved. 8. Diffusion.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2013) 3 Conc. of CO2 is more in air as compared to cell so
it moves in. O2 is produced in photosynthesis thus
Detailed Answer :
conc. of O2 is higher in cell so it moves out.

Osmosis is the process in which there is a
movement of solvent (usually water) from a region Plasma membrane made up of proteins +lipids.
of high water concentration to a region of low water (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016) 1 + 2 + 2
concentration.

WORKSHEET-53
Solutions 7. Lysosomes are a kind of waste disposal system of
1. Lysosomes. 1 cell. They help to keep the cell clean by digesting any
foreign material as well as worn out cell organelles.
2. Chromosome is the carrier of genetic information. Foreign material entering the cell such as bacteria
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1 or food ends up in lysosomes.

3. Lysosomes. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1
4. Plasma membrane also called as cell membrane,
is the outer covering of a cell that separates its
contents from the surrounding medium. It is made
up of lipids and proteins, and provides a mechanical
barrier to protect the inner contents of the cell. It
encloses the nucleus and cytoplasm of the cell.
1+½×2
5. In prokaryotes and lower organisms like bacteria,
the nuclear region of the cell may be poorly defined
because of the absence of a nuclear membrane.
Such an undefined and incipient nucleic region
containing only naked nucleic acids without any
membrane covering them is called a nucleoid. 2
6.
Rough endoplasmic reticulum looks rough
under a microscope because it has particles called
ribosomes attached to its surface and smooth
endoplasmic reticulum do not have ribosomes
attached to it.
During the disturbance in cellular metabolism
lysosomes may burst and the enzymes digest their
own cell. Therefore, lysosomes are also known
as suicidal bags. Lysosomes are able to do this
because they contain powerful enzymes capable
of breaking down all organic material.
1+1+1
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
8. (a) The thread shaped structures in the nucleus are
known as chromosomes. These are important
because they contain information for inheritance
of features from parents to the next generation.
(b)
Nuclear envelope
Nuclear pores
Nucleolus

It helps in the manufacture of fat molecules

or lipids important for cell function. Some of
these proteins and lipids help in the building of Chromosome 1 + 1 + 3
cell membrane, the process called membrane
biogenesis. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 2 + 1

P-32 S C I E N C E - IX
 WORKSHEET-54
Solutions
1. Mitochondria and chloroplast. ½+½
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
2. Cellulose. It provides structural strength to plant.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) ½ + ½
3. Chloroplast. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1
4. The chromatin material mainly consists of
deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) which stores and
transmit the hereditary information from one
generation to another. 1+1
5. (i) Cell wall provides shape as well as rigidity to
the cell.
(ii) It protects the protoplasm.
(iii) It is involved in the movement of materials in
and out of the cell.
(iv) Growth of cell wall determines the growth of
cell. 2
6. Leucoplasts are colourless plastids. They store
starch, oil, proteins.
Chromoplasts are coloured plastids. They contain
pigments.
e.g. Chloroplasts contain green pigment present in
the plant cell.
WORKSHEET-55
Solutions
1. Smooth Endoplasmic Reticulum. 1 RNA and proteins.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
2. Chloroplast and mitochondria. ½+½
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
3. Starch/oils/protein granule. (Any two) ½ + ½
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
4. (i) Chloroplast is the site of photosynthesis and
helps in preparing the food (in case of plants).
(ii) Leucoplasts are the site of storage of food.
(iii) Chromoplast provide colour to various flowers
and fruits. (Any two) 1 + 1
5. Shrinkage of protoplast from the cell wall in
presence of hypertonic solution due to exosmosis is
know as plasmolysis.
When a plasmolysed cell is placed in water, the
concentration of water in the outside medium is more
than the concentration in the cell. Hence, water moves
inside the cell leading to its swelling. 2
6. Chloroplast : involved in the photosynthesis in plants.
Chromoplast : impart attractive colours to flowers
and fruits.
Leucoplast : stores starch, oil and protein granules. solution. 1+1+1+2
1×3
S OLUT I ONS
Chromoplasts provide colour to various flowers
and fruits. 1+1+½+½
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
7. Camillo Golgi.
Lysosomes.
Functions :
(i) Packages and dispatches materials synthesised
by ER.
(ii) Complex sugar made from simple sugars.
(iii) Involved in formation of Lysosomes.
(Any two) 1 + 1 + 1
8. (a) (i) When a cell possess higher water concentra-
tion than the surrounding medium then ex-
osmosis occurs in the cell due to difference in
concentration and cell shrinks.
   (ii) When a cell has low water concentration
than surrounding medium then endosmosis
occurs that results in the swelling of the cell.
(iii) A cell having equal water concentration to its
surrounding medium will not show any chang-
es.
(b) Cell wall is composed of cellulose and cell
membrane is composed of lipids and proteins.
3+2
7. (i) Chromosomes are present in the nucleus of a
cell. Their chemical composition is of DNA,
(ii) Humans have 23 pairs of chromosomes. 2 + 1
8. (i)   (a) Endocytosis : The flexibility of the cell mem-
brane enables the cell to engulf food and other
materials from its external environment. Such
process is known as endocytosis.
(b) Plasmolysis : When a living plant cell loses wa-
ter through osmosis, there is shrinkage or con-
traction of the contents of the cell away from
the cell wall. This phenomenon is known as
plasmolysis.
(ii) When the organisation of a cell gets damaged,
lysosomes will burst and their enzymes will eat
up their own cell organelles. Therefore, lysosomes
are also known as the suicidal bags of the cell.
(iii) Gases like CO2 and O2 move in and out of the
cell by diffusion from their higher concentration
to lower concentration. Water enters the cell by
endosmosis through semi-permeable plasma
membrane from its higher concentration to
lower concentration.
Similarly, water moves out of the cell by
exosmosis when a cell is placed in a hypertonic
P-33
 WORKSHEET-56
Solutions (ii) It is a semi-fluid jelly-like It is transparent.
substance.
1. Ribosomes. (iii) It contains various orga- It is a colloidal sub-
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1 nelles and inclusions. stance having similar
composition to cyto-
2. Proteins and DNA. ½+½ plasm, but contains
more of nucleotides.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
(iv) It contains a number of It contains chromatin
3. Lipids and Proteins. ½+½ inorganic substances material.
forming clear true solu-
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) tion as well as organic
4. Differences between cell wall and cell membrane : substances lipids, pro-
tein and carbohydrates.
S.
Cell wall Cell membrane 6. (i) Cellulose provides rigidity to the plant cell and
No. helps it to withstand in dilute medium.
(i) It is present only in It occurs both in (ii) Folds in mitochondria increase the surface area
plant cell. animal cells and to help in ATP generating reactions.
plant cells. (iii) Digestive enzymes in lysosomes help in removal
(ii) It is dead in nature It is a living of viruses, worn out organelles, damaged cell.
and permeable. membrane and is 1+1+1
semi-permeable.
7. (i) On cell division, chromatin network organise
(iii) It is composed of It is composed of
themselves into chromosomes.
cellulose. lipids and proteins.
(Any two) 1 + 1 (ii) Chloroplast is a plastid which contains a
green pigment called chlorophyll which is
5. Differences between cytoplasm and nucleoplasm :
responsible for photosynthesis.
S.No. Cytoplasm Nucleoplasm
(iii) The segments of DNA are called genes.
(i) Cytoplasm is the proto- It is the part of proto-
plasm which lies outside plasm that lies inside (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014) 1 + 1 + 1
the nucleus. i.e., between the nucleus.
the nucleus and the cell
membrane.

WORKSHEET-57
Solutions
1. Lysosomes. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1
2. (i) Amoeba, (ii) Nerve cell. ½+½
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
3. Chromoplast. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1
4. Endoplasmic Reticulum. 1
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
5. Genes. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1
6.
The plasma membrane is called a selectively
permeable membrane because it allows only some
substances to pass through it. ½×4
7. (i) Ribosomes : It helps in protein synthesis.
(ii) Vacuole : Vacuoles are full of cell sap and
provide turgidity and rigidity to the cell in
plants.
(iii) Plasma membrane : It allows or permits the
entry and exit of some materials in and out of
the cell. It prevents movement of some other
materials not required or harmful for cells.
1+1+1
8. (i) (a) Both are double membrane structures.
(b) Both of them have their own genetic material.
(ii) Mitochondria is the site of production of energy
whereas plastid is the site of manufacture and
storage of important chemical compounds used
by the cell. 2+1
9. (i) These folds create a large surface area for ATP
generating chemical reactions.
(ii) Because plastids have their own ribosome
hence they can form their own proteins.
(iii) Plant cells shrink as it loses water by the
process of osmosis. 1+1+1
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)

P-34 S C I E N C E - IX
 10. (i)
Mitochondria is associated with ATP
production. It has own DNA and ribosomes to
make proteins.
WORKSHEET-58
Solutions
1. Chloroplast is a semiautonomous cell organelle
which on illumination can perform its function of
photosynthesis and release oxygen even outside
the cell provided it is kept in isotonic medium and
receive raw material like carbon dioxide. 3
2. Endocytosis is engulfment of food and other
substances from external medium by plasma
membrane. This is possible only when plasma
membrane is in direct contact with external
medium. It occurs only in animal cells. In plant cells,
WORKSHEET-59
Solutions
1. (A) Sclerenchyma, (B) Onion peel, (C) Parenchyma,
(D) Cheek cells
2. (i) Avoid over-staining or under-staining of the
material.
(ii) While mounting the coverslip, avoid entry of
air bubbles.
3. (i) Cells are rectangular in shape.
(ii) Each cell comprises cell wall, nucleus and
cytoplasm.
4. Glycerine or water is used so that cells of the
mounting material do not dry up or shrink.
S OLUT I ONS
(ii) The egg shrinks because water passes out of
the egg solution, into the salt solution due to
osmosis. 1½ + 1½
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
a cell wall is present over the plasma membrane.
Therefore, their plasma membranes cannot perform
endocytosis. 3
3. (i) It will kill grass plants due to exosmosis and
plasmolysis.
(ii) Salt protects the cut pieces from bacterial and
fungal attack. 1½ + 1½
4. (i) A cells – Turgid cells, B cells – Plasmolysed cells
(ii) B cells kept in hypotonic solution will become
deplasmolysed if done so immediately after
plasmolysis.
(iii) A cells kept in hypertonic solution will become
plasmolysed. 1+1+1
5. Steps are :
l Rinsing the mouth with fresh water and
disinfectant solution.
l Taking scraping from inner side of the cheek
and spreading it on a clean slide.
l Adding two or three drops of methylene blue
l Taking scraping from inner side of the cheek
and spreading it on a clean slide.
6. (i) Cheek cells are of irregular shape.
(ii) Cell membrane encloses a distinct nucleus and
vacuoles.
7. Outer layer of cheek cell is cell membrane and that
of onion peel is cell wall.
qqq
P-35
SECTION
CHAPTER

B
6 TISSUES

TOPIC-1
Plant Tissues : Structure and Functions
WORKSHEET-60
Solutions
1. Meristematic tissue is capable of dividing and is
found in the developing regions of the plant. 1
2. When meristematic tissues lose their ability to
divide and become permanent in shape, size and
function, the process is called differentiation. 1
5.
Apical meristems—increase length of stem and
roots.
Lateral meristems—increases girth.
Intercalary meristems—increase length, internodes.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016) 3

3.
(a) A group of cells that are similar in struc-
ture and work together to achieve a particular
function is called a tissue. Blood is a cluster of
similar cells and they perform same function
in the body, hence blood is a tissue. ½ + ½
(b) (i) Apical meristem, (ii) Intercalary meristem.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2013) ½ + ½
4. Apical meristems are the meristematic tissues which
are found at the growing tips of stems and roots.
It increases the length of the stems and roots and
is responsible for the growth of plant. 1+1
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2013)
6. (i) Phloem.
(ii) ‘A’–Sieve plate, ‘B’–Sieve tube, ‘C’–Phloem
parenchyma, ‘D’–Companion cell. 1+2
7. Bone, Hard matrix is composed of Ca and P
compounds.
Functions : (i) Forms framework of body.
(ii) Anchors muscles.
(iii) Supports the main organs of body and
provides protection to them (e.g. brains,
lungs). (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016) 5

WORKSHEET-61
Solutions (b)
They are called protective tissues because :
1. Stomata are the small pores present in the epidermis (i) They protect from mechanical injury and
of leaf. 1 infection.
2. Stomata are enclosed by two kidney-shaped cells (ii) They prevent loss of water.
which are called guard cells. 1 (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014) 2 + 1
3. Living component common to xylem and phloem
tissues is parenchyma. 6. (i) Non-living
Its function is to store food and help in sideways (ii) Compactly arranged
conduction of water in xylem and food in phloem. (iii) No intercellular spaces
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 2 (iv) Multilayered
(v) Contains suberin (Any two)
4. Sclerenchymatous tissue.
The cells are dead with long and narrow walls A strip of secondary meristem replaces the
thickened due to lignin. 1+1 epidermis. Cells on the outside are cut forming
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) cork.
Protection, makes the plant impervious to gases
5. (a) prevents loss of water, prevents mechanical injury
or infection. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014) 2 + 1
Epidermal Cells Cork cells
Single layered Multi-layered 7. (i) Meristematic tissue
(ii) The different types of meristematic tissue are :—
Living Non-living (a) Apical Meristem
Secrete cutin Secrete suberin (b) Intercalary Meristem
(c) Lateral Meristem.
Present in younger Present in older plants.
(iii) Same as Ans-7 SAQ Type-II
plants.

P-36 S C I E N C E - IX
 WORKSHEET-62
Solutions 7. (a) (i) In such habitat, protection against water
1. Vascular bundles consist of xylem and phloem. 1 loss is essential.
2. Apical meristem. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014) 1 (ii)
Protecting against water loss, mechanical
injury.
3. Apical meristem is a kind of meristematic tissue
which is present at the growing tips of stems and (b) Cells are elongated, flattened, closely packed.
roots. It increases the length of the stem and the No intercellular spaces and form a continuous
root. These cells are responsible for linear growth
layer. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2013) 5
of an organ. Example : Root apical meristem and
Detailed Answer :
Shoot apical meristem. 1+½+½
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) (a) (i) In desert habitat, protection against water
loss is essential.
4. (i) Areolar, (ii) Ligament, (iii) Cuboidal epithelium,
(ii) The waxy covering aids in protecting the plant
(iv) Sclerenchyma. ½×4
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) against loss of water, mechanical injury and
5. invasion by parasitic fungi.
(b) Epidermis is the outermost covering of cells in
S.No. Meristematic tissue Permanent tissue
plants. It is usually made up of a single layer
(i) Cells possess dividing Cells generally do not
ability. divide. of cells. On aerial parts of a plant epidermal
(ii) Cells are living. Cells can be living or cells often secrete a waxy, water resistant layer
dead. on their outer surface to prevent loss of water
(iii)
Main function is to Performs various type from plant. The cells of epidermis are present in
bring about growth. of functions. a continuous layer without intercellular spaces.
1×3 Small pores are present on the epidermis of
6. (i) Xylem conducts water in the plant body.
leaf. These pores are called as stomata, which
Phloem transports food in the plant body.
help in gaseous exchange and transpiration.
(ii)
As the plant grows older, a strip of secondary
meristem replaces the epidermis of stem and
forms a thick cork. 2+3
pits

VESSELS- vessel elements TRACHEIDS

1+1+1

WORKSHEET-63
Solutions 4. S. Collenchyma Sclerenchyma
No. tissue tissue
1. Sieve tubes, companion cells, phloem parenchyma
(i) Consists of living Consists of dead
and phloem fibres. 1
cells. cells.
2. Xylem and phloem. ½+½
(ii) Contains cytoplasm. Cytoplasm is absent.
3. (i) Parenchyma, (ii) Collenchyma. 1+1
(iii) The thickening of Cell wall thickening
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) the cell wall is not is uniform.
uniform.
(Any two) 1 + 1

S OLUT I ONS P-37

 5. (i) Lateral meristem : for increase in growth of
plant parts.
(ii) Intercalary meristem : for formation of leaves,
branches etc.
(iii) Apical meristem : increases length of the stem
and the root. 1+1+1
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
WORKSHEET-64
Solutions
1. Meristematic tissue and permanent tissue. 1
2. Three namely—apical, lateral (cambium) and
intercalary. 1
3. Strip of secondary meristem replaces the epidermis
of the stem. Cells on the outside are cut off which
forms the cork.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016) 2
4. The main adaptation of desert plants is to minimise
the water loss. Hence, layer of cutin is present on
epidermis, which is a thick waxy coating. This
waxy coating helps in minimising water loss by
transpiration. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 2
5. (i) Due to deposition of lignin.
(ii) In stems around vascular bundles, in veins
of leaves and in hard coverings of seeds and
nuts.
It makes the plant hard stiff, provides
strength. 1+1+1
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016)
WORKSHEET-65
Solutions
1. When the cells take up a specific role and lose their
ability to divide. 1
2. Cork is obtained from the bark of a tree i.e., oak
plant’s stem. 1
3. Cutin.
Advantages : Cutin has waterproof quality
and provides protection against loss of water,
mechanical injury and invasion by parasitic fungi. ½+½+½
(Any three) ½ × 4
4. Collenchyma is located in leaf stalks below the
epidermis.
It provides flexibility in plants and easy bending
and mechanical support. 1+1
5. It consists of relatively unspecialized cells with
thin cell walls. They are usually loosely packed so
that large spaces are present between the cells.
(Any two) 1 + 1
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
P-38
6. Consists of tracheids, vessels, parenchyma and
xylem fibres.
(i) Transport water and minerals vertically.
(ii) Parenchyma stores food.
(iii) Fibres provide support. 1½ + 1½
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
6. (i) The epidermis protects all parts of the plants.
(ii) Epidermal cells on the aerial part of the plant
often secrete a waxy, water resistant layer
which helps in protection against water loss
and mechanical injury.
(iii) Protect against invasion of parasitic fungi.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1 × 3
7. Small pores are called stomata.
Function : Exchange of gases and transpiration.
1 + 1 + 1 (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
Detailed Answer :
The small pores in the epidermis of the leaf are
stomata.
Two main function of stomata are :
(i) It helps in gaseous exchange.
(ii) If helps in loss of water in the form of water
vapours from the leaves thereby causing
cooling of leaves (transpiration)
6. (i) Collenchyma,
(ii) Aerenchyma,
(iii) Sclerenchyma. ½+½+½
Location : Collenchyma : leaf stalks below the
epidermis.
Aerenchyma : stem and leaves of aquatic plants.
Sclerenchyma : hard part of the plant (seed coat,
mid rib etc.) (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
7. As plants grow older, the outer protective tissue
undergoes certain changes. A strip of secondary
meristem replaces the epidermis of stem. Cells on
the outside are cut off from this layer. This forms
the several layered thick cork or bark.
They also have a chemical called suberin in their
wall which makes them impervious to gases and
water. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 2 + 1
S C I E N C E - IX
 TOPIC-2
Animal Tissues : Structure and Functions
WORKSHEET-66
Solutions 6. (i) Cartilage.
1. (i) Epithelial tissue-squamous epithelium. (ii) Proteins and sugar.
(ii) Nervous tissue. ½+½ (iii) Smoothens body surfaces at joints, helps in
2. (i) Involuntary muscular tissue. (ii) Ligament easy bending. 1+1+1
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014) ½ + ½ (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016)

3. Cuboidal epithelium. 7. (i) Complex tissues

(ii) Columnar epithelium
Function—Provides mechanical support.
(iii) Cuboidal epithelium
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016) 1 + 1
(iv) Involuntary muscular tissues
4. (i) Epithelial tissue, epidermal epithelium– (v) Cardiac muscles
protection. (vi) Ciliated cuboidal epithelium. ½×6
(ii) Blood. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014)
Function—Vascular bundles / blood transpor-
tation. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016) 1 + 1 8. (i) Columnar (ii) Adipose (iii) Ciliated columnar
5. (i) Alimentary canal, iris of the eye, ureters, (iv) Aerenchyma (v) Squamous.
bronchi, etc. (any one) (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014) 1 × 5
(ii) Kidney tubules, ducts of salivary glands.
(iii) Below the skin, between internal organs.
(iv) Limbs, tongue etc.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016) 2

WORKSHEET-67
Solutions (b) It protects plant from the invasion of parasites
and harmful micro-organisms. 2+1
1. (i) It helps in storage of fats. ½
(ii) It act as an insulator. ½ 7. Tissue ‘A’ : Adipose tissue, Present just below
epithelium.
2. Stratified squamous epithelium. 1
Tissue ‘B’ : Cardiac muscle, Present in heart.
3. (i) Tendons : Connect bones to muscles.
(ii) Ligaments : Connect two bones. 1+1 1½ + 1½
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
4. (i) Tendon, (ii) Squamous epithelium, (iii) Adipose
tissue, (iv) Xylem. ½×4 8. (a) Sieve tubes, companion cells, parenchyma,
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) phloem fibre.
(b) Creates an efficient pumping action of heart.
5. (i) It carries O2 and CO2 to various parts of the (c)
body and lungs.
(ii) It transports food to various body parts. Tendon Ligament
(iii) It transports hormones as well as metabolic (i) It connects muscles It connects bone to
wastes. to bones. bone.
(iv) It has a major role to play in the regulation of
(ii) It is tough and non It is strong but elas-
body temperature. ½×4
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) elastic. tic.
(Any one)
6. (i) (a) Tendon
(d) (i) Squamous epithelium
(b) Adipose tissue
(c) Phloem (ii) Parenchyma tissue
(d) Collenchyma. (e) Adipose tissue stores fat and acts as an
(ii) (a) It prevents loss of water by evaporation. insulator. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015) 1 × 5

S OLUT I ONS P-39

 WORKSHEET-68
Solutions 5. (i) Ligament (ii) Cartilage. 1+1
1. Stratified squamous epithelium. 1 (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
2. Shark fish. 1
6. (i) Blood : Transport of materials such as gases,
3. Plants are stationary thus their supportive tissue is waste, digested food etc.
made up of dead cells. (ii) Bone : Supporting framework of the body.
Animals move, hence they possess living cells to (iii) Ligament : Connects two bones together.
provide energy for movement. Also, for the many (iv) Tendon : Connects bones to muscle.
more differences and functions in plants and (Any three) 1 × 3
animals, they are made up of different tissues. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014) 2
7. (i) Cardiac muscles.
4. (i) Oesophagus , lining of mouth.
(ii) Smooth muscles or unstriated muscles.
(ii) Lining of kidney tubules, ducts of salivary
glands. 1+1 (iii) Striated muscles. 1×3
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
8. Differences between striated, unstriated and cardiac muscles :

S. No. Striated muscles Unstriated (Smooth) muscles Cardiac muscles

(i) They are found in limbs, tongue, They are present in the wall of They are present in the heart.
pharynx etc. visceral organs.
(ii) Long, cylindrical with blunt Short, spindle shaped with Short, branched and cylindrical
ends. pointed ends. with flat ends.
(iii) Multinucleate, nuclei peripheral. Uninucleate, nucleus in the One or two nuclei in the centre.
centre.
(iv) They are voluntary in action. They are involuntary in action. They are involuntary in action.
(v) Dark and light bands are present. No bands present. Bands present.
1×5

WORKSHEET-69
Solutions
1. Transportation of oxygen and carbon dioxide and
maintenance pH constancy in blood. 1
2. About 120 days. 1
3. It is found below the skin. It acts as an insulator. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2013) 1½ + 1½
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1 + 1
4. Bone matrix : Calcium and phosphorus.
Cartilage matrix : Sugar and proteins. 1+1
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
5. Blood.
Composition :
(i) RBC (red blood corpuscles),
(ii) WBC (white blood corpuscles) and
(iii) Platelets. ½ + 1½
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
6. (i) For labelled diagram see Q.15. in short Answer
type question-II.
(ii) Epidermal cells of the plants are useful in
protection against loss of water; mechanical
injury or invasion by parasitic fungi.(Any two)
7. (i) Squamous epithelium
(ii) Ciliated epithelium
(iii) Cuboidal epithelium
(iv) Columnar epithelium
(v) Squamous epithelium
(vi) Cuboidal epithelium ½×6
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
8. Bone : Bone is a solid, hard porous tissue. It is
produced by osteocyte cells. It forms the natural
skeleton and gives the body its basic structure and
also supports the body. Its matrix is impregnated
with phosphates and carbonates of calcium and
magnesium which provides hardness to it. The

P-40 S C I E N C E - IX
 matrix also contains ossein protein. The matrix
is arranged in concentric rings which are called
lamellae.
Bone cells lie between the lamellae in fluid-filled
spaces called lacunae. Bone cells are also called
osteocytes.
PERIOSTEUM
Cartilage : Cartilage has widely spaced cells. It is
a solid but semi-rigid connective tissue. The solid
matrix is composed of proteins and sugars. The
cartilage cells are large and angular and they are
called chondrocytes. They occur in clusters of 2 or
3 cells in the small spaces called lacunae scattered
in the matrix. A sheath called perichondrium binds
the cartilage. 3+2

HARVERSIAN
HAVERSIAN

SYSTEM
CANAL
HAVERSIAN
LAMELLAE
Perichondrium
INTERSTITIAL
LAMELLAE
OSTEOCYTE
Chondroblast
ENDOSTEUM
Hyaline Matrix

Bone
The bone is surrounded by a connective tissue Lacuna
called periosteum by which muscles and tendons
are attached to the bone. A long bone has a hollow
cavity filled with bone marrow which is richly
supplied with blood vessels. Cartilage

WORKSHEET-70
Solutions 6. (a) Alimentary canal—smooth muscle-spindle
shaped, long pointed ends, uninucleate,
1. It helps in the exchange of materials between blood involuntary etc. (Any two)
and body cells. 1 Limbs—Striated-muscle, cylindrical, unbranched,
2. Simple epithelial tissue is unilaminar while voluntary, multinucleate. (Any two)
compound epithelial tissues is multilaminar. 1 (b)
3. (a) Plasma, (b) WBC, (c) Platelets, (d) RBC. ½ × 4 Spindle shaped Spindle shaped
Nuclei muscle cell Nuclei muscle cell
4. Horse is an animal where as mango tree is a plant. striations striations
Plants and animals have different types of tissues
because :
(i) Plants do not show locomotion while most of
the animals move from one place to another. Nucleus Nu
(ii) They have different patterns of growth
muscle :
(a) Striated (a) Smooth muscle
(b) Smooth muscle (b) Striatedmuscle
(a) Striated muscle (b) Smooth m
plant’s growth is limited to certain regions
while animal’s growth is more or less uniform. 1½ + 1½
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1 + 1 7. For labelled diagram see Q.13 in Short Answer Type
Question-II
5. (a) Attached to limb bones and helps in their Function : Beating of heart. 1+1+1
movement.
(b) (i) Presence of light and dark bands.
(ii) Multinucleated.
(iii) Cylindrical and unbranched. (Any two)
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1 + 1

WORKSHEET-71
Solutions
1. Water Hyacinth has spongy petioles which enclose
a lot of air in its aerenchyma. Air makes the plant
lighter than water and so it is able to float on the
surface of water. 3
2. (i) Like other connective tissues, blood consists
of living cells scattered in matrix. The matrix is
liquid or plasma in blood.
(ii) Blood circulates throughout the body, receiving
and providing materials to all tissues and
organs of the body. It thus connects all parts of
the body. 3

S OLUT I ONS P-41

 3. (i) If apical meristem is removed or damaged then
growth of plant in length will stop.
(ii) If cork is not formed in older stems and roots,
the outer tissues will rupture with the increase
in girth and expose the interior to desiccation
and infection.
(iii) Blood volume will decrease during passage of
materials from tissues to blood and vice versa. to accumulation of lactic acid. 1+1+1
1+1+1
4. Every organism be it unicelluar or multicellular
needs to perform a lot of functions like respiration,
digestion, locomotion etc. Cells that are present
in group and specialise in one particular function
form tissues. Some tissues help in growth, some
in locomotion and some in body movement. So if
tissues are not present in bodies of living organism,
then these kind of highly organised and specialised
WORKSHEET-72
Solutions
1. Safranin is a reddish pink solution mostly used
in laboratory for staining plant sections. Safranin
makes the various parts of plant section appear
very clearly. 2
2. (i) The cells of the parenchyma tissue remain turgid
and provide rigidity or support to softer parts.
(ii) Parenchyma present in xylem and phloem takes
part in some lateral movement of materials.
1+1
3. Sclerenchyma cells are dead, as their walls are
thickened due to lignin, a chemical substance,
which acts as cement and hardens them. 2
P-42
processes will become disorganised. There will be
no co-ordination in the functioning of cells and
body. 3
5. (i) Overstretching of ligament causes sprain.
(ii) Absence of heparin in blood causes coagulation
of blood inside the blood vessels.
(iii) Striated muscle contraction causes fatigue due
6. It is a junction between two neurons. The terminal
branch end of an axon comes in near contact with
a dendrite terminal. A narrow fluid filled space
occurs between the two. An activated axon end
passes out a neurotransmitter like acetylcholine
which provides sensation to dendrite terminal. This
helps in transfer of impulse from one neuron to the
next. 3
4.
Unstriated or smooth muscles are called
involuntary muscles because we cannot stop or
move them according to our will. Smooth muscles
are uninucleate whereas striated muscles are
multinucleate. 1+1
5. Two types of processes present in neuron are :
(i) Axon : It carries impulses away from the cell
body.
(ii) Dendrite : It carries impulses towards the cell
body. 1+1
6. A is dendrite while B is axon.
7. It is the slide of Striated muscles fibre. Striated
muscle fibers are long and cylindrical and possess
light and dark bands.
8. Parenchyma tissues have living cells with thin cell
walls and intercellular spaces.
9. X-narrow lumen, Y-Lignified thick wall
qqq
S C I E N C E - IX
CHAPTER
SECTION
B
7 BIOLOGICAL DIVERSITY
TOPIC-1
Diversity of Plants and Animals, Basic Issues in
Scientific Naming, Basis of Classification, Hierarchy
of Categories/Groups
WORKSHEET-73
Solutions
1. Species. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] 1
2. Smallest number of organisms – Kingdom.
Largest number of organisms – Species. ½ + ½
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
3. Monera. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016] 1
4. Protista. 1
5. (i) Classification makes the study of vast diverse of
organisms easier by clubbing them into different
groups.
(ii) It also facilitates the study of evolution that has
taken place. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] 2
6. Primitive : Groups of organisms with simpler
body structure and ancient body design that have
not changed much over a period of time or with
evolution. e.g., Amoeba. ½
Advanced : Groups of organisms with complex
body structure and, design, that have changed
over evolutionary time. e.g., Starfish. ½
Amoeba has a simple body structure and primitive
features to that of starfish. Hence, an amoeba is
considered more primitive than starfish. 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
7. The system of scientific naming of organisms is
called binomial nomenclature. 1
WORKSHEET-74
Solutions
1. The cell wall of fungi is made up of tough complex
sugar called chitin. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015] 1
2. Cilia – Paramecium, Flagellum – Euglena. 1 environment. Hence, a complex organism could
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015]
3. The kind of cells the organisms are made of. 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
S OLUT I ONS
Each name consists of two parts, generic name
and specific name. Generic name should start in
capitals and specific name in small letters. When
printed, the specific name is given in italics, when
handwritten, generic name and specific name
must be underlined separately. (Any two) 2
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
8. Local names vary from place to place. So, it
becomes difficult for people speaking or writing
in different language to know and understand
if they are talking or discussing about the same
organism.
This problem was resolved by using internationally
accepted scientific name for organism (Binomial
nomenclature).
Carolus Linnaeus gave a binomial nomenclature
system, which is widely accepted. 3
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015]
9. (a) (i) Cells of plants have cell wall.
(ii) Cells of animals do not have cell wall.
(iii) Plants are autotrophic.
(iv) Animals are heterotrophic.
(b) Fungi are heterotrophic eukaryotic, saprophytes.
Permanent mutually dependent relationships are
called symbiotic relationships. They are found as
slow growing, large, coloured patches on the bark
of trees. 2+3=5
4. Yes, evolved with complex body design and
advanced in terms of evolution, resistance,
immunity, body design, it does not mean that it is
superior in any form. The changes are the necessity
to adopt and evolve according to the changing
be an advanced one in comparison to a simple
organism. 1+1=2
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
P-43
 5. (i) Kingdom ½
(ii) Phylum / Division ½
(iii) Class ½
(iv) Order ½
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
6. (i) Some fungal species live in a permanent
mutually dependent relationship with blue-green
algae / Cyanobacteria. Such relationships are called
symbiotic. 1½
(ii) Lichen. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] ½
7. It helps us in :
(i) learning the importance of observation.
(ii) learning to value the efforts put in by the other
scientists/people in general.
(iii) to be objective.
(iv) to be open to change.
(v) developing scientific attitude/critical thinking. 3
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014]
8. (i) Complexity of cell structure
(ii) Form of body
(iii) Mode of nutrition
(iv) Phylogenetic relationship (Any three)
A characteristics is a particular form or a particular
function that distinguishes an individual or
a group. This is because the basic designs are
different, based on the need to make their own
food (plants), or acquire it (animals).
The other characteristics such as presence or
absence of skeleton etc. are used to make subgroups
among animals. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014] 5

WORKSHEET-75
Solutions 7. (a) Mushroom. ½
(b) Fungi. ½
1. They have cell wall made of tough complex sugars (c) (i) Cell wall is made up of chitin and cellulose.
called chitin. 1 (ii) They are heterotrophic and eukaryotic
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] organisms. 1+1
8. The saprophytes belong to group ‘Fungi’.
2. Cell structure. 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] They are called saprophytes because they use
decaying organic matter for their food.
3. (i) Cell wall is made up of tough complex sugar Species live in permanent, mutually-dependent
chitin. 1 relationship. Such relationships are called
(ii) Mode of nutrition is heterotrophic. 1 symbiotic relationship.
Example : Lichen. 3
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
4. (i) Saprophytic mode of nutrition. 1
9. (i) Paramoecium :
(ii) Cell wall is made up of chitin. 1
Oral groove Cytosome
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
Gullet
5.
(i) Saprophytic nutrition. Anal pore
The mode of nutrition in which organisms use
dead and decaying organic material as food is Water
Vacuole Waste
called saprophytic nutrition. 1 cytopyge
Micronucleus
(ii) Lichen. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] 1
Macronucleus Food
6. Monera is prokaryotic in nature. ½ vacuoles Cilia
Membrane bound cell organelles are absent. ½ Contractile vacuole
2
Plantae show definite membrane-bound organelles (ii) Protista. 1
and multi-cellular body design. ½+½ [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
Blue-green algae is prokaryotic in nature as it does
not show multicellular body design. Hence it is
included in monera. 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]

P-44 S C I E N C E - IX
 TOPIC-2
Major Groups of Plants
WORKSHEET-76
Solutions
1. Mangifera indica. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
2. Pteridophyta. 1
Marselia, fern, horse-tail. (Any one) 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011]
3. Thallophyta : Do not have well differentiated
body design. ½
e.g., Spirogyra, Ulothrix, Ulva, Chara. (Any two) ½
Bryophyta : Plant body is differentiated to form
stem and leaf-like structures. ½
e.g., Riccia, Funaria, Marchantia. (Any two) ½
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
4. Symbiosis : Mutual relationship between algae
and fungal species.
Such life forms called Lichens.
They are found as coloured patches on the bark of
trees. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016] 3
5. Three plants are algae, fungi, lichens. 1½
Characteristics :
(i) Body is in the form of undivided thallus.
(ii) Vascular tissues are absent.
(iii) There is no embryo formation after fertilization. 1½
6. Phanerogams are the plants with well differentiated
reproductive tissue that ultimately makes seed.
Two groups are :
(i) Gymnosperms – With naked seeds.
(ii) Angiosperms – Seeds enclosed in fruits. 3
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014]
7. (a) Monera consists of organisms which do not
possess well defined nucleus or organelles and also
do not exhibit multicellular body design. 1
Protista are unicellular eukaryotic organisms
having membrane bound cell organelles. 1
(b) Protista. 1
(c) Certain conventions are followed while writing
the scientific names :
(i) The name of the genus begins with a capital
letter. ½
(ii) The name of the species begins with a small
letter. ½
(iii) When printed, the scientific name is given in
italics. ½
(iv) When written by hand, the genus name and the
species name have to be underlined separately.
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] ½
8. (a) Nature of cells (prokaryotic or eukaryotic),
presence or absence of cell wall, mode of nutrition
(autotrophic/heterotrophic), number of cells
(unicellular/multicellular). (Any three) 3
(b) (i) Like plants Euglena has chloroplast which
help in photosynthesis.
(ii) Like animals it possess oral groove/flagellum/
lack cell wall.
(iii) Capable of obtaining ready made food.
(Any two) 2
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]

WORKSHEET-77
Solutions 2. Difference between Pteridophytes and
Phanerogams :
1. Gymnosperms. 1 S.
Pteridophytes Phanerogams
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] No.
(i) Do not produce seeds. Produce seeds.
(ii) Hidden reproductive Well-differentiated
organs. reproductive tissues.
(iii) Primitive vascular Advance vascular
tissue. tissue.
(Any two) 1 + 1 = 2
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]

S OLUT I ONS P-45

 3. Difference between dicot and monocot :
6. (i) Algae belongs to Thallophyta ½
S. No. Dicot Monocot

Thallophytes – body is not differentiated,
(i) Flower is pentamerous. Flower is trimerous.
predominantly aquatic. 1
(ii) Two cotyledons in the One cotyledon in
seed. the seed. Examples : Cladophora, Spirogyra, Celothrise, Chara
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] 1 + 1 = 2 (Any two) ½ + ½
(ii) (a) Protista ½
4. Difference between Bryophyta and Pteridophyta :
(b) Fungi ½
S. No. Bryophyta Pteridophyta (c) Gymnosperms ½
(i) Do not have specialized Have vascular tis- (iii) On the basis of the number of cotyledons present
vascular tissue. sue which conduct in the seed, flowering plants/ angiosperms are
water and other sub-
stances. classified as Monocots (1 cotyledon in seed) and
(ii) True roots, stem and True roots, stem and Dicots (2 cotyledons in seed) ½+½
leaves are not pre- leaves are present. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
sent.
Examples : Moss, Examples : Fern, 7.
Marchantia. (Any one) Marsilea. (Any one)
Phanerograms
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] 1 + 2 = 3

5. Difference between Gymnosperms and

Angiosperms : Bear naked seeds Bear seeds inside fruits

S. No. Gymnosperms Angiosperms

Gymnosperms Angiosperms
(i) Plants bear naked Plants contain seeds
seeds. that develop inside
an organ which are
further modified to Have seeds with
Have seeds with
become a fruit.
two cotyledons one cotyledon
(ii) They are peren- T h e y a r e a n n u a l ,
nial, evergreen biennial, perennial,
woody. woody or non-woody. Dicots Monocots
(iii) N o n - f l o w e r i n g Flowering plants. Marselia, ferns, horse tails (Any two)
plants. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015] 5
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] 1 × 3 = 3

TOPIC-3
Major Groups of Animals
WORKSHEET-78
Solutions (ii) Name of the scientist : Carolus Linnaeus. 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
1. (i) Panthera tigris
(ii) Periplaneta americana 4. (a) (i) two, (ii) three ½+½
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] ½ + ½ (b) (i) Three germinal layers are present.
(ii) Body can be divided into equal halves in a
2. Animals having two primary germ layers i.e.,
single plane only. ½+½
ectoderm and endoderm in the embryo are called
diploblastic. e.g., Hydra. ½+½ [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]

3. (i) Panthera represents genus while tigris refers to

the species to which tiger belongs to. 1

P-46 S C I E N C E - IX
 5. (a) Provides space for muscles to attach for ease of
movement. 1
(b) Chordates :
(i) have a notochord
(ii) have a dorsal nerve cord
(iii) are triploblastic
(iv) have paired gill pouches
(v) are coelomate (Any four) ½ × 4 = 2
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
6. (i) Hidden reproductive organs. 1
(ii) Jointed legs, open circulatory system. (Any one) 1
(iii) Vertebrates with mammary glands, give birth to
young ones. 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
WORKSHEET-79
Solutions
1. (i) Bilaterally symmetrical
(ii) Triploblastic. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] ½ + ½
2. Arthropoda. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] 1
3. (i) Arthropoda (ii) Pisces
(iii) Echinodermata (iv) Coelenterata
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] ½ × 4 = 2
4. (i) Mollusca. 1
(ii) Arthropoda. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] 1
5. (i) They are viviparous i.e., they produce live
young ones.
(ii) They have mammary glands for the production of
milk to nourish their young ones.
WORKSHEET-80
Solutions
1. Echinodermata. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] 1
2. Arthropoda. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] 1
3. Mollusca. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] 1
4. Dorsoventrally flattened without coelom. 1
They are both free living and parasitic. 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
5. Nematodes possess pseudocoelomic type of body
cavity and bilateral symmetry. 1+1=2
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
6. (i) Water-driven tube system.
(ii) Hard calcium carbonate. 1+1=2
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
S OLUT I ONS
7. (i) Coelom is a body cavity that separates the gut
from the body wall and well developed organs can
be accommodated within this cavity. 1
(ii) Pinworm, round worm. 1
(iii) Coelomic cavity is blood filled and such condition
is called open circulatory system.
Blood does not flow in well-defined vessels.
(Any two) 2
(iv) Mollusca. ½
Coelomic cavity is reduced in the organisms of this
phylum. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] ½
(iii) They show parental care. 3
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015]
6. (i) Pteridophyta
(ii) Chordate
(iii) Angiosperm 1×3=3
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014]
7. (i) Organism : Octopus
Phylum : Mollusca ½+½
Characteristics : Show bilateral symmetry
Open circulatory system
Reduced coelomic cavity 1×2=2
Kidney-like organ for excretion (Any two)
(ii) Salamanders, they have three-chambered heart.
All other organisms have four-chambered heart. 1
(iii) Roundworm ½
Filarial worm [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] ½
7. Because both : (i) are cold blooded.
(ii) have scales.
(iii) breathe through lungs.
(iv) have three-chambered heart.
(v) do not lay their eggs in water. 3
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
8. Spongilla–No true body cavity.
Planaria–No true body cavity.
Scorpion–Presence of true body cavity.
Birds–Presence of true body cavity.
Ascaris–A sort of body cavity or a pseudo-coelom
is present. True body cavity is absent.
Neries–Presence of true body cavity. ½ × 6 = 3
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
9. (a) (i) They are considered mammals as they suck-
le their young ones on milk.
(ii) Forelimbs of birds are modified to reduce body
weight for flight.
P-47
 (iii) Body is covered by scales and they lay soft
shelled eggs. Hence, they are considered as
reptiles.
(b) (i) Dicots
(ii) Open 3+2=5
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
WORKSHEET-81
Solutions
1. Reptilia. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] 1
2. Corals. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] 1
3. Porifera. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] 1
4. It belongs to phylum Platyhelminthes. 1
They are commonly called as ‘flatworms’. ½
One example—planaria or liverfluke or tape
worm. (Any one) ½
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
5. (i) Chordates have a notochord and a dorsal nerve
cord. (Any five) 2
(ii) Chordates are coelomate and triploblastic. 1 + 1=2
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
6. Echinodermata : Spiny skinned, exclusively
free living marine, triploblastic, coelomic cavity,
water driven tube system, hard calcium carbonate
structure as skeleton. (Any three) 1½
Example : Starfish, sea urchin, feather star, sea
cucumber. (Any one) ½
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
7. (i) Because they cause decomposition of organic
matter.
WORKSHEET-82
Solutions
1. There are certain characteristics in which plants
and animals differ from each other. Hence,
they are classified as separate categories. These
characteristics are as follows :
(i) Are the cells of plants and animals eukaryotic or
prokaryotic ?
(ii) Do the cells possess cell wall or not ?
(iii) What are the levels of organisation ?
(iv) Do the organisms produce their own food ?
(v) What is the mode of nutrition ?
(vi) Where do the organisms live ? ½×6=3
2. All living organisms are identified and classified
on the basis of some characteristics and these
characteristics have greater effect on the body
design and functions.
P-48
10. (a) (i) Monera 1
(ii) Pteridophyta 1
(b) Coelenterata/Annelida/Arthropoda/mollusca
Echinodermata. (Any three) 1+1+1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
(ii) Because they are flat worms. ‘Platy’ means flat and
‘helminth’ means worm.
(iii) To reduce body weight for flight. 1×3=3
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
8. (i) Body is cylindrical in shape. 1
(ii) Pseudocoelomate. 1
The parasitic worm that causes elephantiasis is
filarial worm. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] 1
9. (i) Homo sapiens 1
(ii) Mammalia 1
(iii) Characteristic features : Warm blooded, 4
chambered heart, respiration by Lungs, Viviparous,
mammary glands. Skin has hair, sweat and oil glands.
Exception : Platypus, Echidna which lay eggs. 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
10. (i) Mango tree : more complex and evolved,
eukaryotic. 1
Autotrophic bacteria : unicellular, prokaryotic. 1
Fungi (Mushroom) : heterotrophic, simple
thallophytic with no tissues. 1
(ii) Rat, cat, bat are mammals. 1
They have notochord at some stage of life. They are
warm blooded and have four chambered heart. 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
The characteristics that appear earlier are likely to
be more basic than the one that appear later. The
evidence for evolution comes primarily from fossil
record of change in earlier species, the chemical
and anatomical similarities of related life forms,
geographical distribution of related species and
recorded genetic changes in living organism over
many generations.
Hence, classifying the organisms gives an idea
about the evolution of life form that is occurring
continuously. 1+1+1=3
3. Bacteria, fungi and plants they all have the cell
wall, but they are placed in the different groups
because the cell wall of bacteria are made up of
peptidoglycan and mucopeptide, and the cell wall
of fungi is made up of chitin, and the cell wall of
plant is cellulosic in nature. That’s why, they are
placed in different groups. 3
S C I E N C E - IX
 4. I will suggest it to be put in the division Monera
because all the characteristics of the organism
described in the question belongs to this group.
The characteristics of division Monera :
(i) Single-celled organism or unicellular organisms.
(ii) Nucleus is not defined.
(iii)
Autotrophic mode of nutrition. 1+2=3
5. The characteristics of the first plant belongs to
the group Thallophyta while the second plant,
belongs to the group Bryophyta. The plants of
the group Thallophyta are commonly called as
algae. These plants contain coloured pigment and
WORKSHEET-83
Solutions
1. It is the network of hyphae. A hypha is a thread-like
structure in fungi. 2
2. (i) The female cone has a central axis on which
megasporophylls are spirally arranged.
(ii) Each megasporophyll has two ovules on the dorsal
side. 1+1=2
3. (i) They are vascular plants.
(ii) They bear flowers. 1+1=2
4. (i) They are non-vascular plants.
(ii) The plant body is generally thalloid. 1+1=2
S OLUT I ONS
further classified on the basis of pigment as Red
algae, Brown algae, and Green algae. The moss and
liverworts belongs to the group Bryophyta with
stem and leaf like structures and do not have any
specialized tissue for the conduction of water. 3
6.
The plant body of Marchantia is completely
differentiated into stem and leaf-like structure.
There is no specialized organ for the conduction
of water and other substances from one part of the
body to another and their life cycle completes in
both water and land i.e., the plants are amphibian.
This is the reason why Marchantia is placed in the
kingdom Bryophyta. 3
5. Gram seeds have dicotyledonous seeds and
pentamerous flowers. 1+1=2
6. Presence of false roots rhizoids and spore bearing
capsule 1+1=2
7. It is a pentamerous flower of dicotylodonous plant.
1+1=2
8. The plant produces bisexual flower and seeds are
enclosed within fruit. 1+1=2
9. A has reticulate venation as it belong to dicot plant
and B has parallel venation as it belongs to monocot
plant. 1+1=2
10. A- Pileus, B- gills, C- stipe, D- hyphae ½ × 4 = 2
qqq
P-49
SECTION
CHAPTER

B
8 HEALTH AND DISEASES

TOPIC-1
Health and its Failure : Disease and its Causes and
Means of Spread
WORKSHEET-84
Solutions 7. (a)
1. An aspect of health, which deals with the well (i) Cholera — Contaminated water ½
being (physical, mental and social) of people of a (ii) HIV-AIDS — Sexual contact ½
community is called community health. 1
2. A doctor identifies a disease by its symptoms and (iii) Malaria — Anopheles female Mosquito
signs. 1 ½
3. (i) Diseases that can be spread from one person (iv) Pneumonia — Air ½
to another are called communicable diseases, e.g.,
(b) Jaundice 1
cough and cold, Pneumonia.
(ii) They can spread through air, sneezing water or air [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
contact. 1+½+½=2
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] 8. (i) When we are closer to infected person, air
transmitted diseases are easily transferred.
4. (i) AIDS, dengue fever 1 (ii) In closed areas, the droplet nuclei recirculate and
(ii) Tuberculosis, typhoid, cholera 1 pose a risk to everybody.
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
Small droplets
evaporate to droplet Ventillation
5. Elephantiasis and tuberculosis. 1 Droplet nuclei
nuclei in this zone carried in air
Such diseases are called chronic diseases. 1 currents for
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] minutes to hours

6. (i) Acute diseases : Diseases that last for only very

short periods are called acute disease. e.g., common
cold 1 Large droplets
Chronic diseases : Diseases that last for long time settle to ground
even as much as a life time are called chronic
diseases. e.g., elephantiasis 1 2m 4m
(ii) Japanese encephalitis, tuberculosis are chronic [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014] 5
diseases. 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]

WORKSHEET-85
Solutions
1. Vibrio cholerae. 1
2. Peptic ulcers. 1
3. Causal organism : HIV 1
A person suffering from AIDS can not fight even
very minor infections because it damages the
immune system of the person and damages its
function. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] 1
4. Four ways by which AIDS virus spreads are :
(i) Sexual contact with infected person.
(ii) Pregnant mother to her foetus.
(iii) Blood contact with infected person.
(iv) Using needle or syringe of infected person. 2
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
5. AIDS is a fatal disease because immune system
of the body get highly weakened and the body
suffers from severe infections repeatedly. 2
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
6. (i) Diarrhoea, since it is a short term disease and
does not cause drastic long term effect on the
person’s general health. ½+½
(ii) Genetic abnormalities, excessive weight, lack of
exercise. (Any two) ½ + ½
(iii) Liver. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] 1

P-50 S C I E N C E - IX
 7. (i) The HIV goes to the immune system and
damages its function. 1
(ii) Sexual contact, from infected mother to child,
infected syringe/needle, blood transfusion. we feel that something is wrong in the body. Such
(Any two) ½ + ½
(iii) No, antibiotics do not respond to viral infections.
They are mainly used to treat bacterial diseases or
infections. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] 1
8. Lack of feeling of ease or distress due to impairment
of health is stated as a disease. 1
When a person is suffering from disease, he shows
some symptoms. These symptoms appear in the
WORKSHEET-86
Solutions
1.
Primary cause of haemophilia is change in
chromosome sequence. 1
2. Primary cause of marasmus is protein deficiency. 1
3. Infectious diseases can spread through air, water,
vector, food etc. [Any two] 1 + 1 =2
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
4. Causal agent : Virus.
Prevention - Mosquito bite should be avoided. a particular disease. Physicians get laboratory test
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] 1+1 = 2
5. Influenza is an infectious air-borne disease and
hence spreads easily. It is difficult to control it as it
is a viral disease. 2
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
6. (i) Lungs : Cough, breathlessness 1
(ii) Liver : Digestive problems, metabolic problems,
immune disorders. 1
(iii) Brain : Headache, vomiting, fits
(Any two symptoms) 1
WORKSHEET-87
Solutions
1. Pathogens. 1
2. Staphylococci. 1
3. Antibiotic is a substance produced by bacteria
or fungi that destroys or prevents the growth of
pathogens. 1½
Example : Penicillin. ½
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
4. Virus causes encephalitis. It enters the body
through mosquito bite.
It infects the brain. ½+½+½
Headache, fits, vomiting, unconsciousness are the
symptoms. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] ½
S OLUT I ONS
form of dysfunction or malfunction and structural
changes of the organ or tissues in the body.
Therefore, the symptoms of disease are the things
as headache, loose motion, vomiting, cough and
swelling of body or body part. 2
Causes :
(i) Extrinsic factor : Water, food (Only one required).
(ii) Intrinsic factor : Poor eating habits, poor
nourishment. (Only one)
(iii) Genetic constitution : Weak immune system.
(iv) Social reason : Poor public services. 4×½ = 2
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016]
7. (i) Since common cold is a viral disease thus
antibiotics are not effective in common cold;
(ii) Measles, tetanus, tuberculosis (Any two) ½ × 2 =1
(iii) Symptoms of measles : ½×2=1
(a) Skin rash
(b) Fever [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011] 1
8. (a) Symptoms indicate that there may be a disease,
but don’t indicate what the disease is. Sign of a
disease is a definite indication of the presence of
done to pinpoint the disease.
(b) Acute and Chronic diseases.
Differences :
Acute
(i) Last for short period of time.
(ii) Do not cause effect on general health.
e.g., Common cold.
Chronic
(i) Lasts for long time even for lifetime.
(ii) Causes major effect on general health.
e.g., Diabetes. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014] 5
5. Water borne : By providing safe drinking water. 1
Vector borne : By providing clean environment. 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
6. Headache, cough, cold, loose motions, wound
with continuous pain in the body parts, loss of body
weight, breathlessness, feeling tired all the time.
Because, we might be suffering from some disease. 3
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011]
7. (i) (a) Leishmania–Kala–azar
(b) Staphylococci–Acne
(c) Trypanosoma–Sleeping sickness
(d) Ascaris lumbricoides–Worm 4×½ = 2
P-51
 (ii) High blood pressure is an internal and non-
infectious disease. Hence, the person suffering from
high blood pressure must control and schedule his/
her daily diet and keep exercising regularly.
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011] 1
8. (a) Spread of the disease is inversely proportional to
distance from infected person
(b) In a closed area the droplet nuclei recirculate.
In this case a risk to everybody irrespective of
distance from infected person
(c) TB/cough and cold/flu/pneumonia
(any other appropriate example)
(d) By preventing overcrowding, by making rooms and
houses well ventilated.

WORKSHEET-88
Solutions 6. (i)

1. HIV-AIDS is a viral disease. Viruses do not have S.No Column-I Column-II

biochemical pathways on their own. Therefore (a) Fungal disease Skin disease
medicines for curing it is not available. 1 (b) Viral disease Dengue fever
2. All viruses live inside host cells whereas bacteria
(c) Protozoan disease Malaria
very rarely do. Viruses, bacteria and fungi multiply
(d) Bacterial disease Cholera
very quickly while worms comparatively very
slowly. 1 4×½=2
(ii) (a) Jaundice, (b) Cough. ½+½
3. Disease carrying or causing organisms are called
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011]
vectors. 1
Example : Female anopheles mosquito, ½ 7. (a)
Aedes mosquito. ½
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] Organ of Microbe Target Disease
entry organ caused
4.
Diseases such as influenza, tuberculosis,
Mouth Bacteria Gut lining Typhoid
pneumonia can spread through talking, sneezing
Mouth Virus Liver Jaundice
and coughing. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] 2
½×4=2
5. Cholera is a water borne disease and in a village (b) (i) To reduce the effects of the disease.
water sanitation management is not fully available. (ii) To kill the cause of the disease. ½ × 2 = 1
Hence, flies which acts as vector are in abundance. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
This leads to chances of spreading cholera higher
in a village. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] 2

WORKSHEET-89
Solutions
1. Acute diseases are the diseases lasting for a short
period of time while chronic diseases lasts for a long
period even as much as lifetime. 1
2. Signs of a disease are more important than
symptoms because symptoms do not specify the
disease, but through signs the disease can be easily
identified. 1
3. Hygiene, sanitation and public health is essential
as it checks the spread of infectious diseases. e.g.,
due to lack of facilities and public health, slum area
is more prone to epidemic. 1+1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
4. (i) Hand washing after any direct contact with
patients. ½
(ii) Wearing gloves while treating or examining the
patient. ½
(iii) Proper disposal or sterilizing the instruments. ½
(iv) Immunization. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] ½
5. Social well-being : Cleanliness around the place
we live, i.e., no garbage, no open defecation etc.  1
Mental well-being : For good health we have to
be happiness social equality and harmony are
essential. 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
6. (i) Chronic disease. ½
Chronic diseases are more harmful because chronic
diseases have drastic long term effects on people’s
health as compared to acute disease. 1
(ii) (a) Such food does not contain oil or fat and spices
so it is digested easily.
(b) It provides sufficient energy for recovery after
the disease.

P-52 S C I E N C E - IX
 (c) It provides adequate amount of nutrients (ii) They are caused by They are not caused
required for regeneration of cells and tissues. pathogen. Air, water, by pathogen hence do
(Any three relevant points) ½ × 3 = 1½ soil and bacteria play not spread through
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] an important role. Thus any agency so only
7. this community is also host body is at threat.
at threat.
S. Non-infectious
Infectious diseases [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] 3
No. diseases
8. (i) Transmission by air — Common cold
(i) Spread easily. e.g. Does not spread.
cold, pneumonia, e.g., cancer, heart (ii) Transmission by water — Cholera and dysentery
tuberculosis. attack. They all are communicable diseases. 3
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015]

TOPIC-2
Manifestation, Treatment and Prevention of Diseases
WORKSHEET-90
Solutions
1. Major drawback of principle of treatment is that till
the person is not completely cured it acts as a source
of infection for others. 1
2. The process of inducing immunity by administering
a vaccine to allow the immune system to prevent
infections and illness is called immunization. 1
Example : Chicken pox, typhoid. 1
3. (i) Balanced diet. ½
(ii) Disease free environment. ½
(iii) Proper sanitation. ½
(iv) Mental and social stability. ½
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
4. By external agents : Infectious and non-infectious
diseases.
By internal disorder of the body : Organic or
metabolic diseases.
Causative agents : Various causative, agents are,
improper functioning of body parts, disease causing
microorganisms, unbalanced diet, pollutants,
genetic disorder, hormonal imbalance etc.
Prevention :
(i) Keeping cleanliness in everything, be it personal
hygiene or public hygiene.
(ii) Availability of proper food and nourishment to
keep immune system healthy. (Or any other point)
1+1+1=3
5. (i) We should prevent water logging to avoid
mosquito breeding.
(ii) We should keep our surroundings clean and
hygienic.
(iii) There should be provision for safe drinking water.
(iv) We should consume healthy food.
(v) There should be periodic cleaning of toilets and
use of disinfectants.
(vi) We should wear full sleeve shirt and full pants to
avoid mosquito bite.
(vii) The infected children should take leave from
school. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015, 2012] 3
6. (i) Polio, tuberculosis, measles, tetanus, diphtheria
and whooping cough. ½+½
(ii) Small pox. 1
It is the principle of immunization. ½+½
7. (a) We should take bland and nourishing food.
Such food does not contain fat, oil or spices, so
digested easily.
It provides sufficient energy and nutrients which
are required for recovery and regeneration. 2
(b) (i) Balanced diet
(ii) Personal hygiene
(iii) Clean surrounding
(iv) Clean food and water
(v) Clean air
(vi) Exercises and relaxation
(vii) No addiction
(viii) Good economic condition (Any three) 3
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016]

WORKSHEET-91
Solutions
1. They are exposed to the virus through uncleaned
and polluted drinking water due to poverty or lack
of public services. 1
2. (i) By avoiding direct contact with the infected
persons. 1
(ii) By not sharing articles used by infected persons. 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]

S OLUT I ONS P-53

 3. Penicillin is not effective against common cold
because cold is a viral disease and antibiotics are
not effective in preventing viral diseases as virus
do not have their own biochemical pathways.
Also, it acts by blocking cell wall formation and
virus do not have any cell wall. 2
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
4. (i) Once someone has a disease, their body
functions are damaged and may never recover
completely.
(ii) Treatment will take time, which means that
someone suffering from a disease is likely to
be bedridden for some time even if we can give
proper treatment.
(iii) The person suffering from an infectious disease
can serve as the source from where the infection
may spread to other people. 3
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016]
5. The limitations are :
(i) Once a person has an infectious disease, his /
her body functions are damaged and may never
recover completely.
(ii) This treatment will take time, so someone suffering
from a disease is likely to be bedridden for some
time.
(iii) Person suffering from an infectious disease may
spread this infection to other people acting as the
source. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015] 3
WORKSHEET-92
Solutions
1. Biochemical pathways of virus are different
from bacteria. Virus do not have life-process,
but bacteria does. Virus have few biochemical
mechanisms of their own. They enter our cells and
use our machinery for their life processes. Hence
are difficult to be targeted. 2
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
2. Immune system of individuals fight off infection
carrying microbes. 1
The immune system of those who did not suffer
with cold and cough successfully fought against
the microbes to which they were exposed. 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
3. (i) Immune system develops a memory for a
particular infection when it encounters it for
the first time. Hence, the next time when that
particular microbe enters the body the immune
system responds with even greater vigour. 2
P-54
6. (a) The principle is that on administration of
vaccine, the body starts developing antibodies
against it such that the person is protected from the
disease, body develops a memory and immediately
produces antibodies on further exposure. e.g.,
Polio, Typhoid. 1+1 = 2
(b) (i) Keeping cleanliness in everything, be it
personal hygiene or public hygiene.
(ii) Availability of proper food and nourishment to
keep immune system healthy. ½+½
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
7. (a) Yes, availability of proper and sufficient
food prevents from infectious diseases because
functioning of immune system will not be good if
proper and sufficient food and nourishment is not
available.
(b) Yes, the general ways of preventing infection
mostly relate to preventing exposure because :
(i) For air borne microbes, we can prevent
exposure by providing living condition that
are not over crowded.
(ii) For water borne microbes, we can prevent
exposure by providing safe drinking water.
(iii) For vector borne microbes we can prevent
exposure by providing clean environment. 5
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015]
(ii) Majority of children in many parts of India are
already immune to Hepatitis-A because they are
already exposed to the virus through contaminated
water. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] 1
4. Every micro-organism has its own biochemical
cycle. So one type of antibiotic can stop or block
biochemical cycle of one type of micro-organism
only, but not all types of micro-organisms.
Antibiotic, destroy the cell wall during the asexual
reproduction cycle; hence, the bacteria can be
easily killed.  [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] 3
5. (a) Principles of treatment :
(i) To reduce the effect of disease by means such
as medicines to bring down fever, reduce pain
or loose motions. 1
(ii) To kill the cause of disease i.e., to give medicine
to kill the microbe responsible for the disease. 1
(b) Sexual contact, blood to blood contact with
infected person, from infected mother to her baby
during pregnancy. 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
S C I E N C E - IX
 6. (i) Educated parents understand the importance of
healthy and balanced diet for their children which
will prevent nutritional deficiency disorders and
also help in proper functioning of immune system.
(ii) By knowing about modes of spread of diseases
one, will maintain hygienic conditions.
(iii) Parents will provide only safe uncontaminated
water to avoid water borne diseases.
WORKSHEET-93
Solutions
1. In HIV infection, the virus goes to the immune
system and damages its function. 3
2. Acute disease is a disease that lasts for very short
period of time and those diseases that lasts for a
long time are called chronic diseases. Hence, the
statement means that the disease is not a very long
lasting one. For example :
Acute disease : Fever, diarrhoea etc.
Chronic disease : Elephantiasis etc. 1 + 1 + 1 = 3
3. Because the immune system of a healthy person
is strong and efficient enough to fight against the
microbial infection or common cold viruses. The
immune system has cells that are specialised in
killing infecting viruses each time when they enter
into the body. If the immune cells are affluent, we
are not affected by diseases and if immune cells fail,
we will become ill. 3
WORKSHEET-94
Solutions
1. In HIV infection, virus does not kill the person but
virus affects the immune system, which consists of
B-cells and T-cells. Virus generally affects the T-cell
or helper T-cells. This makes the immune cells less
efficient to fight against other diseases such as
common cold and diarrhoea, and ultimately kills
the person suffering from HIV AIDS. 3
2. This is because smallpox virus is very similar to
cowpox virus. Hence, if the person had already
been exposed to cowpox, its immune system has
the specialized cells to fight against cowpox as well
as smallpox. Thus, each time when smallpox virus
enters into the body, the immune system will kill
the virus. 3
3. Yes, because immunization with smallpox vaccine
does not have any effect against the rabies virus,
Rabies virus is different from the smallpox virus.
Hence, the immunization with the smallpox
vaccine does not induce our immune system to
fight against the rabies virus. So, the person needs
to be immunized with the vaccine effective against
the rabies virus. 3
S OLUT I ONS
(iv)
Educated parents can provide symptomatic
treatment first and then go for further doctors
consultation to kill the cause of the disease.
(v) Educated parents can inculcate a sense of social
and moral responsibility in their children to
maintain clean environment to prevent spread of
infections. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015] 5
4. Many bacteria possess a protective wall called
the cell wall. The penicillin is an antibiotic that
blocks the bacterial processes involved in cell wall
synthesis. As a result, cell wall is not formed and in
absence of cell wall the bacteria is unable to survive.
But the human cells do not make cell wall, so the
penicillin does not have any effect against humans
but is effective against bacteria. 3
5. The above statement implies that it is not necessary
that, if the pathogen enters the body by different
ways, it alters the site and consequence of infection.
For example :
(i) Suppose HIV virus enters through blood or sexual
intercourse person will get HIV.
(ii) If Japanese encephalitis causing virus enters
blood through mosquito bite, it reaches brain on
infection.
(iii) Herpes simplex virus can enter body orally or
through sexual contacts but they affect the body
inspite of different point of entry.
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014] 5
4. AIDS is a sexually-transmitted disease. It can be
transmitted by sexual contact from one partner to
the other. Also, AIDS can also be spread through
the blood transfusion from infected person to
healthy normal person, by using infected needle or
syringe, by using infected blade during shaving, etc.
However, AIDS can not spread by casual physical
contact such as handshakes, hugs or sports such as
wrestling, etc. 3
5. (i) Children must be given proper vaccination
at the time of birth to prevent whole range of
infectious diseases and provide a disease - specific
means of prevention. There are vaccines against
tetanus, diphtheria, whooping cough etc. 1
(ii) These diseases are air-borne diseases and hence,
will spread. 1
(iii) Personal hygiene reduces exposure to infectious
agents. Prevention of disease is always more
desirable than its successful treatment. 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
qqq
P-55
CHAPTER
SECTION

B
9 MOTION

TOPIC-1
Motion, Force and Work

WORKSHEET-95
Solutions Equation for position-velocity relation : From the
graph, the distance travelled by the object in time
1. A body is said to be in motion if it changes its t, moving under uniform acceleration a is given
position with respect to a reference point. 1 by the area enclosed within the trapezium OABC
2. Motion in a straight line. 1 under the graph. That is,
3. They are relative terms. 1 S = Area of the trapezium OABC
4. Instantaneous velocity is the velocity of a body (OA + BC) × OC
at any particular instance during its motion. For =
2
example, the instantaneous velocity of a motor-cycle
at a particular instance is 40 kmh–1 as measured by Substituting OA = u, BC = v and OC = t,
the speedometer on the vehicle. 2 ( v + u)t
5. If the velocity of an object changes by unequal we get S = .... (i)
amounts in equal intervals of time, the object is said 2
to be in non-uniform or variable acceleration e.g., if From velocity-time relation (V = u + at)
a bus travelling on a road with speed breakers and v−u
other vehicles will exhibit variable acceleration 2 we get t = .... (ii)
a
6. Speed is the distance travelled by an object in a
given time. Its SI unit is m/s. Velocity is the speed of From equations (i) and (ii) we get
an object moving in a direction, or the displacement ( v + u)( v − u)
of an object in unit time. SI unit of velocity is same as S =
2a
speed i.e. m/s. As the motion of the body is uniform
the velocity remains constant i.e. 15 m/s even after or, 2aS = v2 – u2 3
10 s (acceleration is also zero). 1+1+1 8. (a) Average speed is obtained by dividing total
7. Velocity-time graph of an object that moves under distance travelled by total time taken.
uniform acceleration. Average velocity is the displacement by total
time.
80
(b) (i) Velocity of A = = 10 m/s
8
60
(ii) Velocity of B = = 7·5 m/s
8
(iii) B is ahead A by 20 m, let it cover a distance
s in time t, then on order for A to catch B,
(20 + s)/10 = s/7.5, s = 60 m.
Distance at which they will meet is 40 + 60 =
100 m, time at which they will meet is 60/7.5 =
8 s. 2 + 2 + 1 (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2013)

WORKSHEET-96
Solutions
1. Yes, an object may be at rest related to one object
and at the same time it may be in motion related to
another object. 1
2. The phenomena of day and night indicate the
motion of the earth. 1
3. It is a scalar quantity. 1
4. If the velocity of a body decreases with time, then its
final velocity is less than the initial velocity and thus
its acceleration is negative. Negative acceleration is
called retardation or de-acceleration.
For example, when brakes are applied to a moving
truck, its velocity gradually decreases. In other
words, it is under retardation. 1+1

P-56 S C I E N C E - IX
 5. The characteristics of distance-time graph for an
object moving with uniform speed are :
(i) It is always a straight line.
(ii) The uniform speed of the moving object is
equal to the slope of the straight line plotted.
60
R (ii) Here, the motion is retarded motion. Brakes
Di st ance (km)
50
40
s2
30
s1 C
A 1+1+1
20
10
t1 t2
O 20 40 60 80
Time (min)
2 A to B 10 m 10 m
WORKSHEET-97
Solutions
1. Velocity and acceleration. 1
2. The shortest distance moved by a body in the
direction from initial to the final position is called
displacement. 1
3. No, it is a vector quantity as it has both magnitude
and direction. 1
4.
The various uses of a distance-time graph are as
follows :
(i) It tells us about the position of the body at any
instance of time.
(ii) From the graph, we can determine the distance
covered by the body during a particular interval
of time.
(iii) It also gives us information about the velocity of
the body for a particular interval of time.
(Any two) 1 + 1
5. Balanced, because when we press the ball, an equal
and opposite force is developed in changing the
shape of the ball. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015) 2
6. Velocity : Rate of displacement.
Acceleration : Rate of change of velocity.
Yes, when the body is just released, the initial
velocity is zero, i.e., u = o m/s.
but g = 10 m/s2 1+1+1
S OLUT I ONS
6. (i) Speed
(ii) Displacement
(iii) Acceleration 1+1+1
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014)
7. (i) Here, the motion is accelerated motion, A car
moving on a road with increasing velocity.
applied to a moving car.
(iii) Here, the motion is uniform motion. Car
moving with a constant speed along a road.
8. (a) Distance is the length of actual path travelled
by a body in a given time. Displacement is the
shortest distance between the initial and final
positions of the body in a known direction.
(b) (i) Distance Displacement
A → B → C 10 + 2 = 12 m 10 – 2 = 8 m
(ii) A → A 10 + 10 = 20 m 0 m
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 2 + 3
Velocity - Time graph
7.
showing an object with
constant acceleration
Velocity
(in m/s)
Time (in seconds)
From a velocity-time graph, we can find out :
(i) The velocity of a body at any instance of time.
(ii) The acceleration of the body, and
(iii) The total distance travelled by the body in a
given time-interval. (Any two) 1 + 1 + 1
8. (a) (i)
Distance covered by the body is directly pro-
portional to time.
(ii) Not directly proportional to time.
(b) Distance is the length of actual path travelled
between initial and final position whereas the
displacement is the shortest path between the
initial and final position of the particle.
(c) Initial velocity u = 90 km/h = 25 m/s,
Final velocity v = 0, acceleration a = 0.5 m/s2
Distance travelled s = ?
From v2
= u2 – 2as
( − 0 + 25 × 25)
s = = 625 m
(2 × 0.5)
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 2 + 1 + 2
P-57
 WORKSHEET-98
Solutions 6. Here, the mass of car A m1 = 1500 kg
1. No. When the body comes back to the same position Initial velocity of car A u1 = 25 m/s
after travelling a distance, its displacement is zero Mass of car B m2 = 1000 kg
though it has travelled some distance. 1 Initial velocity of car B u2 = 15 m/s
2. No, it is always either equal to or less than the After collision velocity of car A, v1 = 20 m/s
distance travelled by the object. 1 velocity of car B, v2 = ?
3. The magnitude of distance and displacement of Total momentum after collision = total momen-
moving object are same when the object moves tum before collision
along the same straight line in the same fixed m1 v1 + m2 v2 = m1 u1+ m2 u2
direction. 1 1500 × 20 + 1000 × v2 = 1500 × 25 + 1000 × 15
4. 30000 × 1000 v2 = 37500 + 15000 = 52500
+a –a 1000 v2 = 52500 – 30000
= 22500
22500
v 2 = = 22.5 m/s
v v 1000
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016) 3

7. (a) The average speed of an object is obtained

by dividing the total distance travelled by
t t the total time taken while average velocity is
Distance from velocity - time graph can be calculated given by the displacement a given period of
by finding the area under the graph. 2 time.
5. total displacement
(b) (i) Average velocity =
S. total time
Speed Velocity
No.
360
(i) Speed is defined as Velocity is the = = 20 m/s
18
the rate of change of rate of change of
distance. displacement. total distance covered
Average speed =
(ii) Speed is a scalar It is a vector total time
quantity. quantity.
(iii) Speed may or may A body may possess 360
= = 20 m/s
not be equal to different velocities 18
velocity. but the same speed. (ii) Average velocity = 240 / 24 = 10 m/s
(iv) Speed can never be Velocity can be Average speed = 480 / 24 = 20 m/s
negative or zero. negative, zero or 1+1+1+1+1
positive. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
½×4

WORKSHEET-99
Solutions = 1884·96 m 1
1. It may be of any duration—small or large. 1 (ii) The displacement is the shortest path between
2. A car moving in a crowded street and a person A and B.
jogging in a park. 1
AB = (AO)2 + (OB)2 = (400)2 + (400)2
3. Speed. 1
4. (i) Circumference = 2πr = 565.69 m1
3 5. This is not possible because it would mean that
Circumference of circle
4 velocity is increasing without increase in time i.e.

acceleration is infinite and infinite acceleration is
3
= × 2πr impossible. 2
4
3 6. The path travelled by a body is called distance.
= × 2 × 22 × 400
4 7 Displacement is the shortest distance between

initial and final points.

P-58 S C I E N C E - IX
 A Total displacement after 6 min
= AB = 28 × 2
= 56 m 1+1+1
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)

7. (i)
One similarity-Both have uniform
acceleration.
B Difference in first graph body starts from rest.
2πr = 176 While in other it has initial velocity.
(ii) Acceleration is the rate of change of velocity.
2 × 22 × r = 176
⇒ Positive : free falling body due to gravity.
7
Negative : Body thrown up with an initial
r = 28 m velocity.
After 6 min, the body would have covered 1 1 Units : ms–2
2 (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016) 2+3
rounds. Detailed Answer :
Hence if it begins its motion from A, it will reach In the above positive acceleration example, if we
till B after 6 min. apply the break, the speed of car decreases. Then it
has negative acceleration.

WORKSHEET-100
Solutions (b) (i) Motion is uniformly accelerated when it goes
vertically downwards.
1. Metre per sec i.e. ms–1. 1 (ii) Motion is uniform with negative acceleration
2. Yes. 1 when it goes up. 1+1+1
3. It can be changed by changing either : (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
(i) the object’s speed, (ii) direction of motion, or
(iii) both. ½+½ 7. (i) Impossible, reason
(ii) Possible, reason
4. (i) Displacement. (iii) Impossible, reason
(ii) Given u = 20 m/s; v = 0; t = 0·02 s (iv) Possible, reason
(v - u) (0 − 20) (v) Possible, reason
a= = = – 1000 m/s2 (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014)
t 0·02
Detailed Answer :
The deceleration of the hammer is 1000 m/s2
(i) Distance can never be zero when displacement
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1 + 2 is no zero for example in a circle distance is
circumference of the circle i.e., total length of
5. (a) (i) the path travelled whereas displacement refers
Uniform motion. to the shorts distance between starting and the
(ii) Uniform circular motion. final point which is zero.
2πr (ii) Possible,
(b) V =
t Reason : When an object is thrown upward,
at the highest point its velocity becomes zero
36000
= 2 × 22 × for a an instant of time, but its acceleration (g)
7 24 × 60 × 60 remains due to attraction of gravity.
= 2618 m/s 1+1+1 (iii) Velocity and speed are related to displacement
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) and distance, respectively, so the reason is the
same as (i)
6. (a) (iv) Possible,
Reason : When a moving car applies the break
its velocity decreases. The acceleration is against
the direction of motion of the car.
(v) Possible,
v (ms-1)

v (ms-1)

Reason : While speeding up the final

velocity is greater than the initial velocity
so the acceleration is positive. Acceleration
has a negative value only when velocity
and displacement are in opposite direction
t (s) t (s) and acceleration has a positive value only
(i) (ii) when velocity and displacement are in same
direction. 1×5

S OLUT I ONS P-59

 TOPIC-1
Equations of Motion

WORKSHEET-101
Solutions 5. (i) Let us consider that the object has travelled a
distance s in time t under uniform acceleration a.
1. When the body returns back to initial point, e.g.,
when an athlete returns back to starting point, his E B
average velocity is zero. 1
2. Satellites revolve around their planets in almost

Velocity (ms–1)
circular orbits with constant speed. Thus, during
their motion, the speed remains constant, while
the direction of motion changes continuously. As a
A D
result, there is a change in their velocity.
Therefore, the motion of satellites around their
t
planets is considered as accelerated motion. 2
O Time (s)
3. (i) Weight of an object is the force with which As in the graph, the distance travelled by the
a body is attracted towards the earth. Its object is obtained by the area enclosed within
direction is vertically downwards. 1 OABC under the velocity-time graph AB.
(ii) Final velocity = 0, Initial velocity = 40 ms–1 Thus, the distance s travelled by the object is
v2 = u2 + 2gh given by
v – u2 = 2gh
2
s = area OABC (which is trapezium)
v 2 − u2 = area of the rectangle OADC + area of
= h the triangle ABD
2g
1
(0)2 − (40)2 = OA × OC + (AD × BD)
∴ h = 2
2 × 10 Substituting OA = u, OC = AD = t
+40 × 40 and BD = at, we get
= = 80 m. 1
+2 × 10 1
s = u × t + (t × at )
As the directions are opposite and the stone 2
(ii)
returns back to origin, displacement is Zero. ½ 1 2
Total distance covered = 80 + 80 = 160 m. ½ or s = ut + at
2
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014) y
B
4. When a body travels equal distances in equal
Distance (m)

intervals of time, its motion is called uniform

motion.
If an object travels in a straight line and its velocity A

increases or decreases by equal amounts in equal

intervals of time, then the acceleration of the B
A
x
object is said to be uniform and motion is said to
time (s)
be uniformly accelerated motion.
Speed of the body is directly proportional to q,
Equations : v = u + at and v2 = u2 + 2as 2+1 Larger the value of q, the greater is the speed of
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) the body. Thus, B moves with higher speed. 5

WORKSHEET-102
Solutions Velocity after 2s = 10 = 5 m/s
2
1. Average speed of a moving body can never be
zero. 1 Velocity after 4s = 20 = 5 m/s
2. From the graph, 4

P-60 S C I E N C E - IX
 5. (i) The speed-time (or velocity-time) graph for a
Velocity after 6s = 30 = 5 m/s body under uniform acceleration is given in the
6
e.g. Velocity is constant, acceleration = 0 fig. as :

So velocity – time graph will be drawn as : 1½
v B

speed/velocit y
10 A
8 u D
6
V
(m/sec) 4 C
O
0 Time t
2
Derivation of the third equation of motion :
2 4 6 8 10 Time (sec) ½ Equation for position-velocity relation.
Distance travelled,
3. Here a = – 6 m/s2 t = 2 s, v = 0, s = ?
s = area of the trapezium OABC
From v = u + at
1
0 =u–6×2 s = (sum of the parallel sides) × perpendicular
u = 12 m/s 2
From v2 = u2 = 2as distance between the two parallel sides
1
v 2 - u2 or, s = (OA + BC) × OC
s = 2
2a Putting the values of OA, BC and OC, we get
0 - 12 × 12 1
= s = (u + v) × t ...(1)
2×6 2
= 12 m (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016) 3
As we know, v = u + at
( v − u)
or, t =
4. Here, u = 5 m/s, a = 0.2 m/s2, t = 10 s, s = ?, v = ? a

From, v = u + at
Putting the value of t in equation (i), we get
v = 5 + 0.2 × 10
= 7 m/s 1  (v − u) 
s = (u + v)× 
From, v2 = u2 + 2as 2  a 

72 = 52 + 2 × 0.2 × s or, 2as = (u + v)(v – u) = v2 – u2
49 = 25 + 0.4 s or, 2as = v2 – u2
49 – 25 = 0.4 s This is the third equation of motion.
0.4 s = 24 (ii) u = 0; s = 20 m a = 10 m/sec2 v = ?
s = 24 / 0.4 v2 = u2 + 2as
s = 60 m v2 = 0 + 2 × 10 × 20
v2 = 400
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014) 3
v = 20 m/sec 4+1

WORKSHEET-103
Solutions 3. (i) Initial velocity (u) = 0, acceleration (a) = 4m/s2
1. The motion of a circulating fan is non-uniform v = u + at
because the direction of motion changes at every = 0 + 4 × 10 1½
point. 1 v = 40 m/s.
2. Total length of path covered by train (ii) v2 = u2 + 2as
= 500 m + 100 m v2 = (0)2 + 2as
= 600 m v2 = 2as
Speed of train = 30 m/s. v2 40 × 40
Time taken by train to cover the bridge s = =
2a 2×4
distance
= 1600
speed = = 200 m. 1½
8
600 (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014)
= = 20 sec. 2
30

S OLUT I ONS P-61

 4. v = 0; u = 10 m/s t = 20 sec. 5
= 108 × = 30 m/s.
v−u 18
As, a = v−u
t a = = 1 m/s2.
t
(0 − 10)
⇒ a = = – 0·5 m/s2 1
Distance S1 = ut + at2
20
2
1 1
s = ut + at2 = 0 + × 1 × 30 × 30
2 2
= 450 m.
1 At uniform velocity of 30 m/s for 20 min
= 10 × 20 + × – 0·5 × 20 × 20 = 100 m
2 = 1200 s,
Distance S2 = 30 × 1200 = 36000 m.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1½ + 1½
On applying brakes,
5. (a) (i) A body is in uniform acceleration if it travels t = 20 s, u = 30 m/s, v = 0
in a straight path when its velocity increases v−u
equally or decreases by equal time intervals. a = = 0 − 30 = – 1.5 m/s2
t 20
(ii) A body is in non-uniform acceleration if it trav-
els in a straight path when its velocity increases v 2 − u2 0 − (30)2
Distance S3 = = = 300 m
or decreases by unequal amount in equal time 2a 2 × 1·5

intervals.
Total distance = S1 + S2 + S3
(b) When train starts from rest, = 450 + 36000 + 300
u = 0, t = 30 s, v = 108 km/h = 36750 m. 2+3

WORKSHEET-104
Solutions Velocity after 2s = 10 = 5 m/s
2
1. Graph of the table : Draw X - axis and Y - axis on the
graph with appropriate scale. Velocity after 4s = 20 = 5 m/s
Let 1 cm = 10 s on X-axis. 4
Let 1 cm = 5 m on Y-axis.
Velocity after 6s = 30 = 5 m/s
6

e.g. Velocity is constant, acceleration = 0
So velocity – time graph will be drawn as : 1½

10
8
6
V
(m/sec) 4
1
2
(i)
Acceleration means slope of graph AB
30 − 5 25 2 4 6 8 10 Time (sec) 1½
BC/AC = = = 0·5 m/s2
50 − 0 50 3. (i) Accelerated motion.
(ii) Distance travelled by truck = Area of trapezium (ii) Velocity of a particle.
OABD (iii) Motion of satellite is accelerated because during
1 their motion, the speed remains constant while
= (AO + BD) × OD the direction of motion changes continuously.
2
1+1+1
1
= (5+30) × 50 = 875 m 1+1 4. (i) The speed time (or velocity-time) graph for a
2 body under uniform acceleration is given in the
2. From the graph, fig. as :

P-62 S C I E N C E - IX
 From the figure,
v B AD = OC = t
BD = (BC – DC) = (v – u)
Speed/velocit y
= (u + at – u) = at
A
OA = u
u D Putting these above values in equation (1), we get
1
s = ( × t × at) + (t × u)
C 2
O
0 Time t 1
s = ut + at2
(ii) Derivation of second equation of motion : 2
Equation for position-time relation –
This is the second equation of motion.
Distance travelled,
(iii)
Motion in circular path with constant speed
s = area of the trapezium OABC
since direction of velocity changes at every point,
or, s = (area of the triangle ABD)
+ area of the rectangle OADC acceleration is uniform 1+3+1
1
or, s = ( × base × height) qqq
2
+ ( length × breadth)
1
s = ( ×AD ×BD) + (OC × OA)
2
...(1)

S OLUT I ONS P-63

CHAPTER
SECTION

10
B FORCE AND LAWS OF MOTION
TOPIC-1
Force, Motion and Acceleration

WORKSHEET-105
Solutions F 2 20
m = = × 10 = = 6.67 kg
a 3 3
1. The velocity with which a gun moves backward
after firing a bullet is called the recoil velocity of a (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016) 2
gun. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1
6. (i) Accelerating unbalanced force.
2. Unbalanced forces. 1 (ii) No force.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) (iii) Retarding unbalanced force.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016) 1 + 1 + 1
3. Force of friction. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1
7. (a) The momentum, p of an object is defined as
4. Pascal the product of its mass, m and velocity, v.
Atmosphere (atm) p = mv
Atmospheric pressure at sea level = 1 atm Unit of momentum p = unit of mass × unit of
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016) 1+1 velocity
5. One Newton is the force that produces an = kg × ms–1 = kg ms–1
acceleration of 1 ms–2 on a body of mass 1 kg. Force =
change in momentum
Here, F = 2N, u = 2 m/s, v = 5 m/s, t = 10s, m = ? time
v-u (b) (i) Ball B has more inertia than A as its mass is
a =
t 2 times that of A
5-2 (ii) Momentum A = m × 2v = 2 mv while
= momentum of B = 2 m × v = 2mv
10 It is clear that both have same momentum.
= 0.3 m/s2 (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016) 5

WORKSHEET-106
Solutions
1. When forces acting on a body from all sides are
equal, they cancel the effect of each other and are
known as balanced forces. On the other hand,
when forces acting on a body are not equal/do
not cancel each other they are called unbalanced
forces. 1
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
2. Sole of the shoe wears out due to friction between
sole of the shoes and the ground. 1
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
6. When two or more bodies act upon one another
3. Acceleration becomes half. 1
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
4. (i) Yes, this is because of relative motion.
(ii) Yes. This is because of inertia. We are in state
of motion when compared to the train so we
feel that the train is at rest when actually it is
missing. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016) 2
5. First law of motion—makes the forward motion
slower during accidents.
Example : Pedalling of bicycle.
When we stop pedalling, the bicycle begins to
slow down. This is again because of the friction
forces acting opposite to the direction of motion.
In order to keep the bicycle moving, we have
to start pedalling again. It thus appears that an
object maintains its motion under the continuous
application of an unbalanced force.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016) 2
their total momentum remains constant, provided
no external forces are acting.
Consider two particles A and B, which collide head
on. The particles move in a straight line before and
after collision.

P-64 S C I E N C E - IX
 Let particle A have initial velocity u1 and particle B
has initial velocity u2. The two particles will collide,
if u1 > u2. Let after collision the final velocities
of A and B becomes v1 and v2 respectively. The
two particles will separate after collision, if v2 >
v1. Let the two particles A and B have m1 and m2
respectively.
Initial momentum of particle A is m1u1
Initial momentum of particle B is m2u2
Final momentum of particle A is m1v1
Final momentum of particle B is m2v2
Rate of change of momentum of particle
A = m1v1 – m1u1/t = m1(v1 – u1)/t ...(i)
Rate of change of momentum of particle
B = m2v2 – m2u2/t = m2 (v2 – u2)/t ...(ii)
Let FAB and FBA, be the force exerted by particle B
on A and particle A on B respectively.
According to Newton’s second law of motion
FAB = m1v1 – m1u1/t = m1 (v1 – u1)/t and
FBA = m2v2 – m2u2/t = m2 (v2 – u2)/t
Then, by Newton’s third law of motion, we have
FAB + FBA = 0
FAB = – FBA
i.e., m1v1 – m1u1 = – (m2v2 – m2u2)
⇒ m1u1 + m2u2 = m1v1 + m2v2
or initial momentum of the system = final
momentum of the system, which is the law of
conversation of momentum.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016) 3

WORKSHEET-107
Solutions 5
Mass m2 = kg
24
1. Change in speed/change of direction/change of
shape. (Any two) 1 When masses are tied together (m1 + m2)
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 5 5
M = +
8 24
2. Change its shape and size. 1
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 20
= kg
24
3. By applying brakes we can slow down a car or any
other relevant example. 1 F
Now, a =
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) M
4. Newton’s first law states that a body stays at rest if
5 × 24
it is at rest and moves with a constant velocity unit =
if a net force is applied on it. Newton’s second law 20
states that the net force applied on the body is equal = 6 m/s2
to the rate of change in its momentum.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016) 3
F = ma
m( v − u) 7. (i) Newton’s second Law of motion states that
or F = the rate of change of momentum of an object
t
is proportional to the applied unbalanced
or Ft = mv – mu force in the direction of force. It is expressed
That is, when F = 0, v = u for whatever time, t is mathematically as
taken. This means that the object will continue
F ∝
m × ( v − u)
moving with uniform velocity, u throughout the
time, t. If u is zero than v will also be zero, i.e., object t
will remain at rest. 2
F = km × ( v − u) = kma
5. Tennis ball is lighter (less mass) than a cricket t
ball. Tennis ball moving with same speed has less
momentum (mass × velocity) than a cricket ball. It = k × (1 kg) × (1 ms–2)
is easier to stop tennis ball having less momentum. Unit of Force = kg ms–2
6. Here F = 5 N, a1 = 8 m/s2 a2 = 24 m/s2, a = ? (ii) We will observe that the card moves ahead
F allowing the coin to fall vertically into the glass.
Mass m1 =
a1 This is due to inertia. The inertia of the coin tries

5 to maintain its state of rest. 3+2
= kg
8

S OLUT I ONS P-65

 WORKSHEET-108
Solutions Time taken by force to stop the car = 6 – 5 = 1
second
1. To reduce the rate of change of momentum and
hence the force. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1 Initial velocity (i.e., velocity at B) = 15 m/s

2. kg - ms-2, kg - m/s. ½+½ Final velocity (at point C) = 0 m/s

(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) Using equation v = u + at

3.
Force of friction between metal surface and (v - u) (0 − 15)
a= = = –15 m/s2
floor. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1 t 1
4. Since masses are in ratio 3 : 5.
(– ve sign indicates that it is retardation)
Let the mass of the objects be 3x and 5x.
Let  F1 and F2 be the two forces with a1 and a2 Force applied by brakes = 1000 × –15 = –15000 N
accelerations. = – 15 KN 2
F1 = m1a1 = 3xa1
and F2 = m2a2 = 5xa2
6. The sheet shaped in form of a ball falls before the
Since F1 : F2 = 5 : 3, we have open sheet. Because the open sheet experiences
3xa1 : 5xa2 :: 5 : 3 more air resistance due to its large surface–area
⇒ a1 : a2 = 5 × 5 : 3 × 3 and this restricts its fall.
⇒ a1 : a2 = 25 : 9 2 (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014) 1 + 2
5. Given, mass of the car (m) = 1000 kg 7. Statement of Newton first law of motion : See
(i) As shown in graph, Q. 18(a) (S.A.T.Q. II 3 marks)
Distance covered in first 2 seconds F = ma
F =
m × ( v − u)
= Area of D inscribed in first 2 s.
t
1
= × base × height Ft = m (v – u)
2 That is, when F = 0, then v = u. Thus the object will
1 continue to move with uniform velocity.
= × 2 × 15 = 15 m m = 800 kg, F = 200 N
2
F 200 1 2
a = = = = 0.25 m/s 2+3
(ii) Force (F) = mass (m) × acceleration (a) m 800 4

WORKSHEET-109
Solutions of motion, forces are balanced. Hence, a frictional
force of 200 N is exerted on the cabinet. 2
1. F = ma ⇒ 12 = 3 × a, a = 12/3 = 4 m/s2. 1
5. A frictional force always acts parallel to the surface
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
and is directed to oppose sliding. Banana skin
2. Momentum = mass × velocity reduces friction (or frictional force) and thus brings
200
× 5 =1 kg ms–1.
body in unbalanced state and we tend to fall. 2
=
1000
6. Inertia or mass is affected in the following
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016)
manner :
3. According to III Law of Motion for every action (i)
No effect.
there is an equal and opposite reaction. (ii)
Mass is halved
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016) 1
(iii)
Mass is reduced by one third.
4. A friction force (here it is kinetic or sliding friction)
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016) 3
always acts parallel to surface but in direction of
7. (i) According to first law of motion, every body
the opposing motion. Since the wooden cabinet
tends to resist change of state whether in rest or in
is moving with uniform speed, a horizontal force when acted by an external force. Qualitatively this
of 200 N acts on it. According to Newton’s III law tendency of the body to stay at rest or keep moving

P-66 S C I E N C E - IX
 with same velocity is called inertia. a = – 20/3
(ii) Cricket ball (because its mass is larger, so inertia = – 6.6 m/s2
of motion is larger) Now; F = ma
(iii) u = 72 km/h = 20 m/s v = 0 = 1200 × – 6.6
v = u + at = – 8000 N 2+1+2

WORKSHEET-110
Solutions
1. The momentum of the person while de-boarding is
in the direction of the moving bus, if one attempts
in jump in the opposite direction, by the first
law of motion, we will be carried by the intrinsic
momentum and fall backwards. 1
2. Person presses his foot against the ground-Action.
Ground exerts an equal and opposite force-
Reaction.1
3. Since velocity is uniform, acceleration will be zero
therefore net force is zero. (F = ma)
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014) 1
4. According to Newton’s third law of motion, action
force is equal to reaction but acts on two different
bodies and in opposite directions. When a horse
pushes the ground, the ground reacts and exerts
a force on the horse in the forward direction. This
force is able to overcome friction force of the cart
and it moves. 2
5. As the man jumps out from a moving train, his feet
suddenly come to rest on touching the ground while
his body’s upper part continues to move forward.
For this reason he falls with his head forward. So
as to save himself, he should run through some
distance in the forward direction. 2
6. Initial velocity (u) = 10 m/s.
Final velocity (v) = 50 m/s
Time (t) = 20s
Mass (m) = 1000 kg
Force = m (v – u)/t
Or F = 1000 (50 – 10)/20 = 2000 kg m/sec2 = 2000 N
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016) 3
7. (i) Balanced forces :
(a) A game of tug-of-war where there is a tie an
example of a balanced force.
(b) Force is balanced.
Unbalanced forces :
(a) A box sliding down an inclined plane is an
example of an unbalanced force where the
gravitational force exceeds the frictional force.
(b) Force is unbalanced.
(ii) (a) Unbalanced : unbalanced since it is under the
action of gravity which exceeds air resistance.
(b) Balanced : because velocity is constant.
(c) Balanced : since rope does not go the either
side , both are applying equal and opposite
forces.
(d) Unbalanced : Since velocity of ball is decreas-
ing. 2+3

WORKSHEET-111
Solutions Since  Force (F) = mass (m) × acceleration (a)
F 80
1. Release of air in downward direction is action. ⇒ a = = = 1.6 m/s2
m 50
Movement of balloon in upward direction is
reaction. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014) 1 If mass is doubled m1 = 2 × 50 = 100 kg

2. Because the forces applied by the two teams are 80

Acceleration (a) = = 0.8 m/s2 2
equal and opposite. 100
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014) 1 Thus, the acceleration will be halved if the mass is
3. Water is ejected from a hose with a large amount doubled.
of force [action]. Hence as per Newton’s III law 5. Given, mass of hammer
there will be an equal and opposite force on the (m) = 500 g = 0.5 kg
hose pipe making it difficult to hold. 1
Initial velocity of hammer
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
(u) = 50 m/s
4. Given, mass of the box (m) = 50 kg
Final velocity of hammer
Force (F) acting on box = 80 N
(v) = 0 m/s
Acceleration (a) = ?
Duration (t) = 0.01 s

S OLUT I ONS P-67

 Using second law of motion,
( v − u)
F = ma = m
t written as
⇒ F = 0.5 (0 – 50)/0.01
= (0.5 × – 50)/0.01
= – 2,500 N
The –ve sign shows the force of 2500 N acts in the
opposite direction of motion.   2
nd
6. Newton’s 2 law of motion states that the force
acting on a body is directly proportional to the
product of its mass and acceleration produced by it
in the body.
OR
The rate of change of momentum of a body is
directly proportional to the force applied on it and
the change takes place in the direction of applied
force.
WORKSHEET-112
Solutions
1. Force of friction. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1
2. The momentum of a cricket ball is larger than a
table tennis ball so it hurts the spectator. 1
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
3. Acceleration = 0, F = ma. So, F = 0, force acting is
zero. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1
4. In works on third law of motion. As the water
comes out of the nozzle of the sprinkler, an equal
and opposite reaction force comes into play. So the
sprinkler starts rotating.
5. (a) By distributing the weight over a larger area,
the pressure on the tyres can be reduced.
(b) Upthrust (acts upwards) \ Weight acting
downwards is reduced.
6. An unbalanced force is acting on the slide/box.
Gravitational and frictional forces are acting on
the body. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016) 3
TOPIC-2
Inertia and Conservation of Momentum
WORKSHEET-113
Solutions
1. Mass. SI unit is kg. ½+½
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
P-68
Mathematical derivation :
If the force ‘F’ changes its velocity from u to v in
time t, then rate of change of momentum can be
(mv - mu) m(v - u)
=
t t
This is equal to the force applied on the body by
m ( v - u)
second law
t
Hence, F = ma
m = 500 g = 0.5 kg, u = 5 m/s,
v =0 t = 0.01 s
(0 - 5)
Acceleration of hammer =
0.01
a = – 500 m/s2
Force applied by the nail on hammer
f = ma = 0.5 × (– 500)
= – 250 N. 1+2+1+1
7. The force acting on a body is directly proportional
to the rate of change of momentum of the body,
according to Newton’s second law.
Force is equal to 1 newton if it produces an
acceleration of 1 m/s2 in a body of unit mass.
(i) By reducing the speed of hand suddenly,
the player decreases the time of change of
momentum. This increases the impact of force
exerted on the tile.
(ii) When athletes fall on a soft surface, their
velocity becomes zero in a longer duration of
time. Thus, rate of momentum change decreases
and less force is exerted by the ground on their
body. 2+3
8. (i) We observe that the card moves ahead while
coin falls in glass.
The coin possesses inertia of rest, it resists the
change and hence falls in the glass.
(ii) Newton’s first law of motion : (See Q 18 (a).
SATQ II 3 marks).
(iii) Heavy coin will possess more inertia so it will
fall in tumbler. 1+1+1+1+1
2. Force. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1
3. Inertia is a tendency of the object to resist change
in its state. Newton’s first law of motion also states
the same i.e., the object will remain in its present
S C I E N C E - IX
 state unless an external force is applied. That’s why
Newton’s first law is called Law of inertia. 2
4. Collision between trucks, because more is the
mass, more is the inertia and therefore more is the
momentum. Mass of the trucks is more than that of
cars so collision of trucks will cause more damage. 3
5. (i) Five rupee coin, because it has more mass.
(ii) P1 = mv
P2 = 4m × 4v = 16mv
P1/P2 = 1 : 16 1½ + 1½
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
6. (i) No. It is not the violation of law of inertia.
Law of inertia is obeyed only when no
external force acts on a body. But in this case
the friction due to the ground acts on the ball,
so it comes to rest.
WORKSHEET-114
Solutions
1. Zero as v = 0. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1
2. Solid made of steel has the highest inertia because
its density, hence mass is greater than aluminium
and wooden solids.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1
3. During the ride, pillion rider and driver are in a state
of motion. But when the driver applies brakes, the
body of pillion rider continues moving forward on
account of inertia of motion. Therefore, the pillion
rider falls forward. 2
4. (a) (i) Stone. ½
(ii) Box filled with clothes. ½
(b) (i) This is done to prevent luggage from fall-
ing when the vehicle is suddenly stopped or
started because due to inertia the luggage will
experience a jerk in a direction opposite to the
direction of vehicle. 1
(ii) On shaking, branch comes to state of mo-
tion and leaves which are in state of rest expe-
rience a jerk due to which these get detached
and fall down. 1
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
S OLUT I ONS
(ii) Player lowers his hand because by doing so
he increases the time in which velocity of
ball comes to zero. This decreases the rate of
change of momentum and so the impact of
force is reduced. 1 + 1+ 1
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
7. Inability of the body to change by itself its state of
rest or state of uniform motion is called inertia.
Types : Inertia of rest : e.g. :
(i) When a card is flicked with a finger the coin
placed over it falls in the tumbler.
(ii) Only the carom coin at the bottom of a pile is
removed when a fast moving carom striker hits it.
Inertia of motion : e.g. :
(i) When a moving bus stops suddenly, the
luggage might slide towards the front side of
the bus and fall.
(ii) We tend to fall forward when a bus suddenly
stops. 1+2+2
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
5. Law of Inertia : An object remains in its state of
rest or of uniform motion in a straight line until an
external unbalanced force acts on it.
When a moving bus stops suddenly, the bus slows
down but our body tends to remain in the state
of motion due to inertia of motion. Sudden start
of bus brings motion to the bus as well as our feet
but rest of the body still has inertia of rest due to
which we fall backwards. 1+2
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
6. (i) Momentum is the product of mass and
velocity.
SI unit of momentum is -kgm/s.
(ii) v2 = u2 + 2gh
v2 = (0)2 + 2(10) (5)
v2 = 100 \ v = 10 m/s
momentum = m × v
= 10 × 10 = 100 kg m/s
(iii) The karate player strikes the pile of tiles with
his hand very fast. In doing so, the large
momentum of fast moving hand is reduced
to zero in a very short time. This exerts a
very large force on the pile of tiles which is
sufficient to break them. 1+1+2+1
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
P-69
 WORKSHEET-115
Solutions (ii) It flies away as it has small inertia.
(iii) Apply same force on same size of stone.
1. Inertia of a body depends on its mass. A cricket ball
(iv) Stone hardly moves as it has more inertia.
has more mass than a rubber ball, thus it has greater
inertia. 1 (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1 + 2
2. As dust possess inertia of rest, it resists the change
5. It is because of inertia of motion. When the horse
and falls down. 1
was in motion, the whole body of the rider was
3. Momentum (P) = mass (m) × velocity (v).
in motion. But when the horse stops suddenly the
Mass of bullet = 10 g = 10  × 10–3 kg
lower portion of the rider which is in contact with
= 10–2 kg
the horse comes to rest but the upper portion of
Velocity of bullet = 400 m/s
him wants to remain in motion. 1×3
Momentum of bullet = 10–2 kg × 400 m/s = 4 kg m/s
Mass of cricket ball = 400 g = 400 × 10–3 kg (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
= 0.400 kg
Velocity of ball = 90 km/hr 6. (a) When two or more bodies act upon one
90 × 1000 m another their total momentum remains
= = 25 m/s constant, provided no external forces are
3600 m
acting.
Momentum of ball = 0.400 × 25 = 10 kg m/s 2 (b) (i) Air from inside the balloon escapes from the
\ The cricket ball has higher momentum.
mouth of the balloon.
Balloon moves in opposite direction that is
4. Inertia : Inability of the body to change by itself its from left to right.
state of rest or state of uniform motion.
(ii) Forces of action and reaction are equal
Activity :
and opposite. 2+1+1+1
(i) Apply some force on a football.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)

WORKSHEET-116
Solutions (iii) The recoil velocity of the gun is less than that
of bullet because mass of bullet is very small as
1. The child who throws the mass towards the other, compared to the gun. Since force is the product
and the one who catches it, both move backwards. of mass and acceleration, and action reaction
Reason : Thrower moves due to backward reaction force must be equal in magnitude, gun recoils
of mass pushed forward. Catcher moves due with a lesser velocity. 1
to forward reaction of mass pushed and held 4. (i) According to 2nd law of motion
backward. 3 F = ma = m (v – u)/t
2. Acceleration or Ft = mv – mu
a = Slope of v – t graph When F = 0, v = u for every value of time.
Y axis 10 m / s This implies that the body will continue to move
= = 4s = 2.5 m/s2 with uniform velocity. If u = 0 then v = 0 i.e., the
X axis
body will remain at rest.
From Newton’s second law (ii) u = 0, g = 10 m/s2 h = 80 cm = 0.8 m
F = ma v2 = u2 + 2gh
= 4×2.5 = 10 N 1½ + 1½ v2 = 0 + 2 × 10 × 0.8
3. (i) Every action has equal and opposite reaction. v2 = 16
For example, when we step out of a boat, we v = 4 m/s
Change in momentum = mv – mu
push the boat backwards. The reaction force of
= 10 kg × 4 m/s = 40 kg-m/s
boat pushes us forward. 1
Time taken to reach the floor
(ii) (a) Total initial momentum = momentum of gun v = u + gt
+ momentum of bullet
4
= mg vg + mb vb t = = 0.4 sec.

= 4 (0) + .01 (0) = Zero 10
Force on the floor F = m (v – u)/t
(b) Recoil velocity
(10×4)
mb v b = = 100 N
= = 0.01×100 0.4 1+1+1
mg 4
= 0.25 m/s ½+½ qqq

P-70 S C I E N C E - IX
CHAPTER
SECTION

11
B GRAVITATION
WORKSHEET-117
Solutions S.No Mass Weight
1. Galileo Galilei. 1 (i) Its value remains Its value changes
constant at all from place to place
2. Sir Issac Newton. 1 places. due to change in the
3. Force due to gravity. 1 ‘g’.
(ii) It is a scalar quantity. It is a vector quantity.
4. (i) Due to less gravitational force exerted by
moon on man. (iii) It is never zero. It is zero far away
(ii) Mass do not have direction while weight has from the earth.
direction. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016) (iv) Its unit is kg. Its unit is N or kg wt.
1+2
5. On earth value of g is maximum at poles and
minimum at the equator. At poles radius of earth 7. (i) Weight is dependent on gravitational force.
is less so value of g is more, at equator radius of Since, on equator, gravitational force is less, so
earth is more so value of g is less. g ∝ 1/(R^2) the weight of the bar of metal decreases.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014) 1 + 1 (ii) Difference between mass and weight Refer
SATQ-II, Q-1 (b). 2+3
6. (a) Weight of a body is the force of attraction of the 8. Differences between mass and weight : See Q. 1(b)
earth on that body. This force depends on the S.A.T.Q. II.
mass (m) of the body and the acceleration due Mass of the astronaut on moon =70 kg, g = 1.6 m/s2
to gravity (g). on moon
F =m×a W = m × g
F =m×g = 70 × 1.6
W =m×g = 112 N is the weight of astronaut on moon.
The weight (W) of the body is directly The mass of a body is constant everywhere in the
proportional to the mass of the body. universe. So, the mass of the astronaut would be
same on the earth as well as on the moon i.e. 70 Kg.
(b) Difference between mass and weight :
3+2

WORKSHEET-118
Solutions 6. (i) Universal gravitational constant is the constant
‘G’ appearing in Newton’s law of gravitation.
1. Henry Cavendish. 1 GMm
–2 F = ,
2. The unit of gravitational constant is Nm² kg . 1 r2
3. Gravitation is the force of attraction between any where F is the force between two masses m and
two bodies while gravity refers attraction between
M at a distance r apart. The numerical value of G
any body and the earth. 1
is equal to 6.673 × 10–11 Nm2 kg–2. The value of G
4. (i) Gravitational force between the moon and the was found out by Henry Cavendish (1731-1810) by
earth keeps moon in uniform circular motion using a sensitive balance.
around the earth.
(ii) Free fall : Whenever objects fall towards the
(ii) They do not exert any force/weight on their
earth under the gravitational force alone, we can
spaceship due to the absence of gravity in
space. say that the objects are in free fall. While falling
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2013) 1 + 1 there is no change in the direction of motion
5. (i) The force that keeps us on the earth. of the objects. But due to earth’s attraction,
(ii) The motion of moon around the earth. there will be a change in the magnitude of the
(iii) The motion of planets around the sun. velocity. 1½ + 1½
(iv) Formation of tides. ½×4

S OLUT I ONS P-71

 7. (i) Let mass of first body be m1 This leaves
Let mass of second body be m2 m1 = m2
Force on 1st body = Force on 2nd body Hence proved.
GMm1/R2 = GMm2/R2 (ii) g = GM/R2
G and G cancel. M and M cancel R2 and R2 (iii) Its value is constant in the universe. 3 + 1 + 1
cancel (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014)

WORKSHEET-119
Solutions attraction between two objects is proportional to the
product of their masses and inversely proportional
1. No. 1 to the square of the distance between them.
2. A small value of G indicates that the force Four phenomena which can be explained by this
of gravitational attraction between two or- law are :
dinary sized objects is a very weak force. 1 (i) The force that binds us to earth.
(ii) The motion of the moon around the earth.
3. At poles the radius of the earth is lesser than that
at the equator. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015) 1 (iii) The motion of planets around the sun.
(iv) The tides due to the moon and the sun.
Gm1 m GMm
4. F = 2
7. (a) F =
d R2
(i) If m1 = 2m, then F becomes twice. (b) (i) According to the law of gravitation, the force
(ii) If d = 3d1, then F becomes one-ninth. 1 + 1 of attraction acting between two bodies is
given by,
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014)
mm
GM1m 2 G 1 22
5. (i) Latitude of the place. F´ = =  r
R2  
(ii) Mass of the earth. 2

Value is maximum at poles and minimum at
equator of the earth. 1+1 = 4G m 1m 2 = 4F

(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) r2

5. Refer Q. 8 SAQ Type-II.
(i) The force that binds us to earth.
(ii) The motion of the moon around the earth.
(iii) The motion of planets around the sun.
(iv) The tides due to the moon and the sun. is increased four times the force is also
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015) 3
Detailed Answer :
Universal law of gravitation states that the force of
Thus, when the distance between the objects
is reduced to half the gravitational force
increases by four times the original force.
F’ = G M × 4m/R2 = 4F
So as the mass of any one of the object
increased four times. 3+2

WORKSHEET-119
Solutions 4. The falling of a body from a height towards earth
under the gravitational force of earth (with no
1. The unit of mass is kilogram (kg). 1 other force acting on it) is called free fall.
2. No. 1 1
H = ut + gt2
3. Mass of an object can never be zero because mass 2
of an object is the measure of its inertia and the
1
substance contained by the body. 1 = 0 × 10 + × 9.8 × 102
2
= 490 m 1+1
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)

P-72 S C I E N C E - IX
 5. Acceleration of free fall is called as acceleration (iii) Weight on earth = mg = 68 × 9.8 = 666.04 N.
due to gravity g =9.8 m/s2 (b) Derivation of g = GM/R2
Gravitational force between the earth and an
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015) 5
object is called weight. 1+1
Detailed Answer :
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
1 1
6. (i) Frictional force : Backwards (a) (i) gearth× = 9.8 × = 1.63 ms–2
6 6
Example : If a book slides across the surface of
a desk, then the desk exerts a frictional force in (ii) Mass on moon will be constant and does not
opposite (i.e. backwards) direction of its motion. change from place to place. Hence, mass of the
(ii) Gravitational force : Downwards person on moon will be 68 kg.
(iii) Weight on earth = 110.84 × 6 = 666.04 N.
Example : When we throw a ball in the air, it returns
to the ground. 1½ + 1½ (b) According to Newton’s law of gravitation, the
force of attraction between earth and a body is
7. No, his weight will not remain same as that at the
given by
poles. There will be a decrease in his weight at the
equator. As the radius of the earth increases from Gm M
F = ... (i)
the poles to the equator, the value of ‘g’ becomes r2
greater at poles decreasing towards equator. Also,
Force produces an acceleration ‘g’. So, from
the force of gravity decreases from poles to the
Newton’s second law F = mg .... (ii)
equator. 3
From equation (i) and (ii) we get
1 Gm M
8. (a) (i) gearth× = 9.8 = 1.63 ms–2 mg =
6
r2
F 110.84
(ii) Mass on moon = × = 68 kg GM
g 1.63 g =
r2

WORKSHEET-121
Solutions
1. Weight of a body is the force with which a body is
attracted towards the centre of the earth. 1
2. SI unit of weight is newton (N). 1
3. Weight is a vector quantity. 1
4. (i) Masses of object, (ii) Distance between them as
1 and the mass of the earth while G is called
F ∝ m1 × m2 and F ∝ 2
d
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1 + 1
5. Weight of body depends on mass of body and value
of ‘g’ at that place
W = m × g
Yes, Mass is never zero, but weight can be zero/
nearly zero if g is zero/very small, for example in
space. 1+1
6. Force of attraction between the sun and the
planets is centripetal force and direction is towards
the sun.
All planets will move along a tangential to the
circular path at the instant when the gravitational
force is switched off.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1 + ½ + ½
7. (i) This is because a piece of paper has larger
surface area and therefore experiences more
friction due to air than a stone which has less
surface area.
(ii) Because acceleration due to gravity varies from
place to place.
(iii) The value of g depends on Latitude of the place
universal constant as its value remains constant
at all the places in the universe. 3
8. (i) Backwards
(ii) Downwards
(iii) Towards the centre 1+1+1
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014)
9. Universal law of gravitation states that the force
of attraction between two bodies is directly
proportional to the product of their masses and
inversely proportional to the square of the distance
between them.
Let the two bodies ‘A’ and ‘B’ be of masses ‘M’ and
‘m’ respectively, which are separated by a distance
‘r’.
According to Universal law of Gravitation,

S OLUT I ONS P-73

 Then, F ∝ M × m ...(i) M×m
F = G
1 r
2
and F ∝ 2
r Where ‘G’ is called universal gravitation constant.
Combining (i) and (ii), The numerical value of G = 6.67 × 10–11 Nm2 Kg–2

WORKSHEET-122
Solutions 1 2
or h = gt
2
1. W = mg. 1
1
2. 9.8 Newton. 1 or 180 = × 10 × t2
2
3. At the poles. 1
180 × 2
or t2 = = 36
Mm 10
4. F = G and we know that F ∝ m1 × m2 and
d2 t = 6 sec 2
1 7. The force between two objects is given by ‘Universal
F ∝ 2
Now, if distance is increased four times, gravitation law’. It is numerically stated as,
d
one of mass has to be increased 16 times, to keep F G ( m1 m2 )
F =
same. 1+1 d2
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) (i) Mass of one object is tripled :
G( 3m1 )m2
5. Drop two balls with different mass from a tall F = 2
building at the same time. They will reach the d
ground at the same time. Both the balls are at free 3G( m1 m2 )
F =
fall and their initial velocity is same, that is zero. d2
You know that s = ½ gt2. Force will be tripled.
So the only way that they touch the ground at (ii) Distance between the objects is doubled :
the same time is that acceleration is same for both
G( m1 m2 )
the balls. This experiment proves that during F =
2( d 2 )
free fall every object accelerate at the same rate,
irrespective of its mass. G( m1 m2 )
F =
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014) 2 4d 2
6. h = 180 m, t = ?, g = 10 m/s2, u = 0 1
1 { G( m1 m2 )}
h = ut + gt2 F = 4
2 d
2

1 2 Force will reduce to one-fourth of its previous
or h = gt
2 value.
1 (iii) Masses of both objects are doubled:
or 180 = × 10 × t2
2 G{( 2 m1 )( 2 m2 )}
F =
180 × 2 d
2
or t2 = = 36
10
4G{ m1 m2 }
t = 6 sec 2 F =
d2
6. h = 180 m, t = ?, g = 10 m/s2, u = 0
Force will be four times greater than its previous
1
h = ut + gt2 value. 1+1+1
2

P-74 S C I E N C E - IX
 WORKSHEET-123
Solutions F = 4.02 × 10–9 N ½

1. At the equator. 1 6. Mass of man = 80 kg

2. It will remain the same on the moon, i.e., 9.8 kg. 1 ge = 9.8 m/s2 gm = 1.63 m/ s2
3. Gravitational force is attractive in nature always. 1 Wm = m × gm
= 80 × 1.63 N = 130.40 N
4. Given that, the weight of the soil on earth is 60 N.
gearth = 10 ms–2 Mass of man on earth and on the surface of moon
will be 80 kg. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 2
Mass on the earth m1= 60 = 6 kg
10
Weight of the soil on moon = 10 N 7. Mass is the quantity of matter contained in an
g object.
gmoon = earth = 10 ms–2 Weight is the force with which an object is
6 6
attracted towards the centre of earth.
Mass on moon m2 = 10 × 6 S.I. unit of mass is kg. and S.I. unit of weight is
= 6 kg Newton
10
W = mg
Because m1 = m2, hence there has been no loss Mass of the body on moon = 20 kg
in mass of the soil on the surface of moon and Weight on moon = mgmoon = 20 × 1.6
decrease in weight was due to difference in the = 32 N ½×6
gravity. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014) 2 (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
5. G = 6.7 × 10–11 Nm2 Kg–2, m1 = 50 kg, m2 = 120 kg
8. (i) F ∝ m1 × m2 1
d = 10 m
GM
m1 × m2 (ii) g = 2
F = G ½ d
2
d
6 ⋅ 7 × 10 -11 × 7 ⋅ 31 × 10 22
–11 50 × 120 g =
F = 6.7× 10 × ½ (1 ⋅ 7 × 10 6 )2
2
10
50 × 120 = 1.69 m/s2 2
F = 6.7× 10–11 × ½
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
100

WORKSHEET-124
Solutions
1. Weightlessness is a state when an object does not
weigh anything. It occurs only when a body is in a
state of free fall under the effect of only gravity. 1
2. Because its value remains constant at all the places
in the universe. 1
3. In air the coin will touch the ground first. In
vacuum both will touch the ground together.
Reason : In case of air the resistance provided by
the air is more for paper than coin. 1+1
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
1 (b) gp > ge because Re > Rp.
4. gplanet = gearth =5 m/s2 ½
2 (ii) It means when a body falls freely under gravity
W = mg ½
So, Wplanet = 50 × 5 = 250 N 1
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
5. It reduces by four times when distance between
1
them is reduced to half as F ∝ 2 . 1+1
d
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
6. a = F/m. The mass of a stone is very small due
to which the gravitational force produces a large
acceleration in it. Due to very large mass of earth,
the same gravitational force produces very small
acceleration in the earth. 2
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
7. (i) (a) It is due to resistance offered by air on paper
sheet.
its velocity increases by 9.8 m/s in every one
second. 1×3

S OLUT I ONS P-75

 8. The force of gravitation exerted by earth (or any 2.5 × 10–6 = G(80)(40) / (300 × 10–3)2 ½
other planet) on the objects on its surface is called G = (300 × 10–3)2 ×
gravity. Every object attracts every other object (2.5 × 10–6) / 3200 ½
due to the force of gravitation. So, gravity is a
G = 7.03 10 Nm2kg–2 ½
–11
special case of gravitation. 1
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
F = GMm/R2 ½

WORKSHEET-125
Solutions FA 1
∴ = 1
FB 2
1. The acceleration due to gravity is more at the poles
than at the equator. The time taken by a body is FA : FB = 1 : 2
smaller if the acceleration due to gravity is more (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
when the initial velocities and the distance travelled
6. The acceleration produced in the motion of a body
are the same. So, when dropped from the same
falling freely under the force of gravity is called
height a body reaches the ground quicker at poles
acceleration due to gravity. It is denoted by ‘g’.
than at the equator. 1
Consider the earth to be a sphere of mass M and
2. Galileo climbed to the top of the Leaning Tower radius R. Suppose a body of mass m situated at
of Pisa in the presence of a large gathering, and distance r from the centre of the earth.
dropped spheres of different masses and materials
As we know, according to Newton’s law of
from the top simultaneously. All the spheres
gravitation, the force of attraction between the
reached the earth’s surface at the same time. So, he
earth and the body is given by
concluded that the acceleration of an object falling
F = GmM /r2 ...(i)
freely towards the earth does not depend on the
This force produces an acceleration ‘g’, called
mass of the object. 1
acceleration due to gravity in the body of mass m.
3. He will observe more weight at the poles because
So, from Newton’s second law,
gpole > gequator. So, mgp will be more than mge. 1 + 1
F = mg ...(ii)
4. We = 300 N; ge =10 m/s2
From equations (i) and (ii), we get
1 1
Wm = We = × 300 = 50 N GMm
6 6 mg = 2
r
As mass always remains constant therefore mass
on moon = mass on earth= 300/10 = 30 kg. GM
or g = ...(iii)
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1 + 1
2
r
This equation gives acceleration due to gravity at
M of sun × mA points far away from the earth. Now, if body is
5. FA = G and
( 2 d )2 located on the surface of the earth, then r = R, i.e.,
the radius of the earth. Then equation (iii) becomes
M of sun × mB
= G = F B ½ GM
d
2
Gsurface = 2
R
M of sun × mA
FA/ FB = G /
This equation gives acceleration due to gravity at
4d 2
the surface of the earth.
M of sun × mB
G ½ The value of ‘g’ on the earth’s surface is 9.8 ms–2.
d2
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1 + 2
But (ma = 2mB)

P-76 S C I E N C E - IX
 WORKSHEET-126
Solutions
1. The acceleration of free fall is the acceleration
produced in the motion of an object when it falls freely
towards the the earth. It is also called acceleration due
to gravity. Its value on the Earth’s surface is 9.8 ms–2. 3
2. The motion of the planet around the Sun is due
to the centripetal force. This centripetal force is
provided by the gravitational force between the
planet and the Sun. This force depends on the mass
of the sun and mass of the planet, on the distance
between the sun and planet. 3
3. Both the stones reach the ground together.
(i) Time of descent along vertical path does not
depend on horizontal velocity.
(ii) Initial vertical velocity of both bodies is zero
while g on both is same. 3
4. Let g = acceleration due to gravity at the earth
surface.
gh = acceleration due to gravity at height (h) =
0.64g.
RE2
0.64g = g
( RE + h ) 2
0.64 (RE + h)2 = RE
2
0.8h = 0.2 × RE = 0.2 × 6400
2 × 6400
h =
8
= 1600 km. 3
5. The force of attraction between two bodies of
masses m1 and m2 and separated by distance r is
given by :
Gm1m2
F=
r2
Where G, is the universal constant in nature.
This force is known as gravitational force. The
gravitational force is directly proportional to the
product of the masses of two bodies and inversely
proportional to the square of the distance between
them.
All bodies fall with the same acceleration due to
gravity irrespective of their masses. So, two bricks
tied together will not fall faster than a single brick
under the action of gravity. 1+2+2

qqq

S OLUT I ONS P-77

SECTION
CHAPTER

12
B FLOATATION
WORKSHEET-127
Solutions Forces acting on the body inside water are buoyant
force and if the buoyant force is greater than the
1. A substance that can flow is called a fluid. 1
gravitational force it floats, otherwise it sinks. 2
2. The upward force acting on the body when [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
immersed in the liquid is called buoyancy.
6. (i) Archimedes’ principle : When a body is fully
Buoyant force acts in upward direction.
or partially immersed in a fluid, it experience an
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] 1 + 1 = 2 upthrust, which is equal to the weight of the liquid
displaced by it. 1
3. The piece of iron will sink in the water as its density
Applications : Archimedes’ principle is used in
is more than the density of water. 1+1=2 designing submarines and also for checking purity
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] of milk. 1
4. The upward force exerted by a liquid on the body (ii) Both experiences same force because buoyant
force depends on the volume of object. 1
that is immersed in the liquid is known as the
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
upthrust force. 1
Mass
The upthrust force depends on the following 7. (i) Density is , while relative density is
Volume
factors :
(i) Density of liquid in which object is immersed. ½ Density of a substance
1+1=2
(ii) Volume of the object immersed. ½ Density of water
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
SI unit of density = kg/m3.
5. When a body is immersed in a fluid, it experiences Relative density has no unit. ½+½
an upward force. This upward force is the force of Density of gold 19300
(ii) R.D. = = = 19.3
buoyancy. 1 Density of water (at 4°C) 1000

2

WORKSHEET-128
Solutions 5. (i) SI unit of density is kg/m3. Relative density
has no units because it is the ratio of density of a
Density of substance . substance and density of water. 2
1. Relative density = 1
Density of water (ii)
It means that the density of gold is 19.3 times greater

than that of water. 1
2.
Pressure exerted by the force is inversely
proportional to the area of contact. A thin strap has 6. A lactometer is based on Archimedes. Principle
a smaller area in contact with shoulder and thus which states that when a body is immersed fully or
the force of same magnitude exerts more pressure partially in a fluid, it experiences an upward force
on the shoulder which makes it difficult to carry. 2 that is equal to the weight of the fluid displaced by
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] it.

3. If the upthrust is more than the weight of an object Its two applications are :
(i) It is used in designing ships and submarines.
in which it is immersed then it will float.
(ii) Hydrometers are used for determining density of
U > W
liquids. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016, 15] 3
If the weight (W) of an object is greater than
upthrust (U) of the liquid in which it is immersed, 7. (i) One factor responsible is density. If the density
of an object is less than the liquid, the object floats
then it will sink. 2
and if it is greater than that of liquid it sinks. The
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
other factor is upthrust or buoyant force. If it is
4. Downward gravitational force and upward buoyant greater than the object, then the object floats in the
force. 1+1=2
liquid and if it is less than the object sinks.

P-78 S C I E N C E - IX
 (ii) Since buoyant force (F) displaces the water, it
can be determined as mass of water displace
WORKSHEET-129
Solutions
1. Because of upthrust of water exerted on the mug. 1
2. The density of cork is less than that of water. It
means its weight is less than the buoyant force
experienced by it under water. So on releasing it
comes to the surface of water. 2
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015]
3. (i) The weight of the water displaced is increased
because the weight of the boat is increased. Weight
of water displaced will be equal to the buoyant
force. 1
(ii) The upthrust increases because when an object
floats in water then
Buoyant force = Weight of the fluid displaced by
object. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014] 1
4. (i) It is based on Archimedes principle. Greater
the density of a liquid in which the hydrometer is
immersed, the lesser the hydrometer will sink.
(ii) A sharp knife has less surface area than a blunt
knife. The pressure is inversely proportional to the
area hence, it exerts more making it effective for
cutting. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] 1 + 1 = 2
5. (i) Tip has less area, so there is more pressure,
hence it pierces easily.
Head is broad so that area of contact is more, so the
pressure can be easily exerted.
(ii) Snow shoes have broad base, so there is more area
of contact. Therefore there is less pressure on the
snow and the person does not sink. 3
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014]
WORKSHEET-130
Solutions
1. It acts on an object in the vertically upward
direction. 1
2. Name of the forces : (i) Weight of the object, (ii)
Upthrust. ½+½
Factors : (i) Acceleration due to gravity, (ii) Density
of the fluid. ½+½
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
S OLUT I ONS
(m) × acc. due to gravity (g), or F = mg = 600 ×
10 = 6000 N
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015] 5
6. (i) Downward gravitational force and upward
buoyant force. ½+½
(ii) Upward force depends upon density of the fluid. 1
(iii) The object will sink in the fluid if the density of the
object is more than the density of the fluid. 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
7. Archimedes’ principle, states that when a body is
immersed fully or partially in a fluid, it experiences
an upward force that is equal to the weight of the
liquid displaced by it.
Laws of floatation :
(i) When the the weight of the object is more than the
buoyant force exerted by a fluid on the object, then
the object sinks.
(ii) When the weight of the object less than the
buoyant force exerted by the fluid on the object,
then the object floats.
Sea water a higher density than river water. So it
will exert higher buoyant force than river water on
the same object.
So in order to swim, less amount of water needs to
be displaced to balance our weight. Therefore it is
easier to swim in sea water.
The density of cork is less than that of water. It
means that its weight is lesser than the buoyant
force experienced by it under water. So when it is
released, it comes to the surface of the water. But
the density of an iron nail is more than that of the
water so it sinks. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014] 5
3. An upward force experienced by an object when
immersed in a liquid is called buoyant force.
The object will experience greater buoyant force in
the salt solution. Since the density of salt solution
is more than density of water, the buoyant force
will increase.
When the volume is increased to 8cc from 5cc the
buoyant force will increase by a factor (8/5) or 1.6.
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] 1 + ½ + ½ = 2
P-79
 4. An army tank is very heavy and applies greater 6. Force is any interaction that tends to change the
pressure on the ground. To avoid sinking in the state of an object.
ground, a continuous chain is used to increase the Thrust is a type of perpendicular force acting on
surface area of the tank. any surface.
This chain decreases the pressure applied by the Thrust
tank on the ground and hence, it can move easily. Pressure =
Area
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] 2 Force
Pressure =
Area
5. Relative density measures the heaviness of a
substance than the water. It is the ratio of the Case 1 : Mass = 100 kg,
density of a substance to that of water. Weight of the body = 100× 10 = 1000 N
Area = 10–2 square metre
While density is mass per unit volume of a
1000
substance. 1 Pressure = −2
= 105 Pascal
10
Relative density of silver = 10.8
Case 2 : Mass = 50 kg,
Density of water = 1000 kg/m3 ½ weight of the body = 50 × 10 = 500 N
Density of silver = ? 1 Area = 25 × 10–4 m2

Density of silver = R.D. × density of water. F = 500 N
500
= 10.8 × 1000 kg/m3 Pressure = −4
= 2 × 105 Pascal
25 × 10
= 10800 kg/m3
So, body with mass 50 kg will exert more pressure
= 1.08 × 104 kg/m3. ½ on 25 square cm area.
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015] 5

WORKSHEET-131
Solutions 5. (a) Archimedes’ principle : When a body is
immersed fully or partially in a fluid, it experiences
1. This happens because upthrust acts on us and our
an upward force that is equal to the weight of the
apparent weight is less than actual weight. 1
fluid displaced. 1
2. (i) Volume of the immersed body (b) (i) Volume of the substance, (ii) Density of the
= Volume of the liquid displaced ½
liquid. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] 2
Mass of the liquid displaced = Vρ ½
Weight of the liquid displaced
Density of the substance
= Buoyant force = Vρg ½ 6. Relative density = 1
Density of water
(ii) Upwards. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] ½
It gives an idea as to how many times a substance
3. The density of hydrogen is less than that of air. Also is heavier than the water. 1
hydrogen gas is lighter than air and the upthrust x
acting on the balloon is greater than weight of the Here, 13.6 = 3 ½
10
balloon, hence, it makes the balloon to float in air.
x = 13.6 × 103 kg/m3. ½
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] 2 [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]

4. This is because of buoyancy as the net effect of 7. Relative density of a substance is the ratio of its
tension acting on the string gets reduced and as a density to that of water.
result lesser downward force is experienced. 1 Density of substance
Relative density =
The net force on the string Density of water

= Gravitational pull – Buoyancy. Density is defined as mass per unit volume. Its SI
Buoyancy acts in a direction opposite to that of the unit is kg/m3
gravitational pull (weight). 1 Weight in air
Relative density =
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] (Weight in air-weight in water)

P-80 S C I E N C E - IX
 80 80
Relative density = ( 80 − 64 ) = = 5.0
16
WORKSHEET-132
Solutions
1. Density of a plastic block is less than the density of
water, and hence, the upthrust buoyant
force of water on plastic block is more and it floats
on the water surface.
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] 1
2. More pressure is applied while (case i) because
area covered is less as pressure is inversely
proportional to area. 1+1=2
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
3. (i) Sharp edges will reduce the area and hence,
more pressure can be applied.
(ii) Density of an egg is more than the density of fresh-
water, but less than the density of highly salty
water. For an object to float buoyant force has to be
greater than or equal to the weight of the object.
1+1=2
4. (i) Body will float on the surface.
(ii) Body will float, but will remain suspended in the
fluid. 1+1 = 2
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
5. (i) No, all the bodies immersed in the given fluid
will displace different weights of the fluid, and
hence, the buoyant force experienced by each of
the bodies will be different. ½+½
Mass 395
(ii) Density of block =
= comparing the observed density and exact density,
Volume 100
= 3.95 gm/cm3 not. 1+1+1+2=5
WORKSHEET-133
Solutions
1. Wooden block will come upward as it is less dense
Compared to water. 1
2. If the density of the body is less than that of
water, the upward thrust of buoyancy due to the
displaced water will be more than the weight of
the body; so it will float. If the density of object the
is more than that of water, the upward thrust will
be smaller than the weight of the body; so it will
sink. 1+1=2
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
S OLUT I ONS
The object would sink because its Relative Density
is > 1. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014] 5
Density of the substance
Relative density =
Density of water
3.95
1+1=2 = = 3.95
1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
6. (i) When the train passes over a railway track, the
whole weight of the train acts on the railway line
beneath it. Due to large-sized concrete sleepers,
the force of weight spreads over a larger area and
the pressure is less. As a result, the railway track
can bear it.  1½
(ii) As long as the bucket is inside the water, its effective
weight is less in accordance with Archimedes’
principle. When the bucket comes out of the water,
there is no upthrust acting due to the water. So the
weight of bucket appears to be heavier. 1½
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
7. (i) Mass per unit volume is density.
(ii) The density of a given substance, arises from the
internal arrangement of its atoms which make to
determine it a characteristic property. It is different
for different substances. One can identify the
purity of substance by knowing the density of the
substance.
(iii) kg/m3.
(iv) Density of pure substance is constant. Thus by
we can determine whether the substance is pure or
3. (i) Density of iron is more than water, but less than
mercury.
(ii) To cover more surface area and exert less pressure
on the ground. 1+1=2
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
4. A bucket full of water when immersed in water
experiences an upward buoyant force that reduces
its weight, and hence, it feels lighter whereas in air
the apparent loss in weight is negligible so we feel
its actual weight. 1+1=2
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
P-81
 5. Mass of the block = 2 kg
Dimensions = 8 × 5 × 1
∴ Thrust
= m × g = 2 × 10 = 20 N [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016]
(i) Area of contact = 5 × 1 cm2 = 0.0005 m2
F 20 200000
P = = = = 40000 Pascal. 1½
A 0.0005 5 if the weight of liquid displaced is more than the
(ii) Area of contact = 8 ×5 = 40 cm2 = 0.0040 m2
F 20 20000
P = = = = 5000 Pascal. 1½
A 0.0040 4
6. Pressure = thrust / area
1 pascal is the pressure acting on a surface of area
1 square metre by a thrust of 1 newton.
WORKSHEET-134
Solutions
1. By making the area half, pressure will be doubled.
This is because pressure is the thrust per unit area,
i.e., Pressure = F
A
Thus, pressure is directly proportional to force and
inversely proportional to area. 3
2. A body will float in a liquid if the liquid displaced by
the immersed part of the body in liquid is equal to
the weight of the body. In case of iron ship, which is
hollow from within, the weight of water displaced
by the ship is more than the weight of the ship and
hence, it does not sink in water. But in case of iron
needle which is compact i.e., not hollow and the
density of iron is more than that of the weight of
water displaced by iron needle is much less than its
own weight. Hence, it sinks in water. 3
3. No, the buoyant force is not same in all fluids
for a given body. The buoyant force on the body
immersed in a fluid is directly proportional to
the density of the fluid in which the body is
immersed.
WORKSHEET-135
Solutions
1. A small porous solid, a ball filled with a liquid
having a leakage. 2
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014]
2. The density of gold in CGS system
= Density of gold in SI system/1000 1
P-82
Thrust = Weight of body = 500 N
Pressure = thrust/ area = 500/2.5 = 200 Pascal 3
7. Archimedes’ principle states that an object will
experience an upward force and displaces the liquid
in which it is immersed partially or completely;
weight of body, then the body will float.
In submarines and ships, the body is designed in
such a way that it displaces more water than its
weight and hence it floats.
Lactometer : to determine the purity of sample of
milk,
Hydrometer- to determiner the of liquids.
1+2+2=5
Buoyant force on the body = Volume of the
body immersed in fluid × Density of the fluid
× Acceleration due to gravity (g).
= 1·8 × 1020 × 10
= 18,360 N. 1+2=3
4. From the question,
Weight of solid X in air (Wair) = 180 g ½
Weight of solid X in water (Wwater) = 150 g ½
Relative density of solid (X) = ?
As,
Weight of solid in air
R.D. of solid = Loss of weight of solid in water
180 180
= = = 6 2
(180 − 150 ) 30
Therefore, the relative density (R.D.) of X is 6.
5. When the water is added to milk, the density of
milk decreases, so the weight of milk water mixture
displaced by immersed part of the tube also
decreases, hence the tube sinks more and will float
only when the weight of this milk–water mixture
displaced by the tube is equal to the weight of the
loaded tube. 3
19600
= g/cm–3
1000
= 19.6 g/cm–3. 1
3. Wt > Ws.
It is based on Archimedes principle which states
that when a body is immersed fully or partially in
a fluid it experiences an upward force that is equal
to the weight of the fluid displaced by it.
S C I E N C E - IX
 Density of salt water is more than tap water, so
upthrust is also more. 2
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014]
Mass
4. Density of solid =
Volume
40
= = 2.6 g/cm3 1
15
Since the density of solid is more than water,
therefore it sinks. 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011]
S OLUT I ONS
5.
Density = 7.8 g/cm3
Volume = 200 cm3
Mass = Density × Volume
= 7.8 × 200
= 1560 gwt. 2
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014]
6. (d) Completely immersed in salt solution as
upthrust depends on the weight of the body
immersed and the density of the liquid. 2
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015]
qqq
P-83
CHAPTER
SECTION

13
B WORK AND ENERGY
TOPIC-1
Work

WORKSHEET-136
Solutions
8. Negative work : When the force is acting opposite
1. Work done by a force is zero when the direction
of applied force and displacement of an object is
perpendicular to each other.  When we lift an object, two forces act on the
W = Fscos 90° = 0 [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011] 1
2. W = 0. 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011]
(ii) Gravitational force : Doing negative work opposite
3. Negative work. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011] 1
4. Work is done when a force acting on a body
produces displacement in it.
W = F × d
SI unit of work is joule (J). 1+½+½
5. Work done is W = F × s when :
(i) a force acts on an object 1
(ii) and the object is displaced. 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
6. Work done by a force is said to be positive when
the displacement in the object is in the direction
of applied force whereas it is negative when the
displacement is in the direction opposite to the
applied force. 1
Two forces : (i) Weight of the body acting
downwards. ½
(ii) Force applied on the body acting upwards. ½
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
7. The work done by the force is negative because the
displacement is opposite to the direction of force
applied.
Example : (i) Work done by the force of friction;
(ii) Work done by applying brakes.
1 + 1 +1=3
to the direction of the displacement, the work
done by the force is said to be negative.
object : 1
(i) Muscular force : Doing positive work in the
direction of the displacement. 1
to the direction of the displacement.  1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
9. (i) Work is said to be done when a force acts on an
object and the object covers some distance.
Its SI unit is Joule.
One joule : When a force of 1 N moves a body
through a distance of 1 meter in its own direction.
(ii) u = 90 m/s; v = 0; F = – 27000 N; m = 3000 kg
F = ma
a = F/m = – 27000/3000
= – 9 m/s2
Also v2 – u2 = 2as, 02 – (90)2 = 2(–9)s
s = 450 m
W = F × s
= – 27000 × 450
= – 12150000 J
= – 12150 kJ 5
– ve sign shows retarding force.
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016, 2014]

WORKSHEET-137
Solutions 3. Zero, as there is no displacement. 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011]
1. Zero. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011] 1
Detailed Answer : 4. No, as the displacement is zero. 1+1=2
The displacement is zero after one complete [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
rotation. Hence work done W = 0
5. (a) One joule of work is said to be done on an
2. No work is done as force is applied to keep the
object when a force of one Newton displaces it by
trunk on the head but there is no displacement of
one meter along the line of action of the force. 1
the body. Hence work done is zero. 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011]

P-84 S C I E N C E - IX
 (b) In fig (i), the direction of force, (F) and
displacement are perpendicular to each other. There
is no displacement in the direction of force so the
work done is zero. In fig (ii), the direction of force
F and displacement are in the same direction.
Hence, work done by the force is positive. 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
6. (a) (i) Force should be applied.
(ii) Body should move in the line of action of force.
(iii) Angle between force and displacement should
not be 90°. 1
(b) Mass of luggage, m = 15 kg ½
and displacement, s = 1.5 m. ½
WORKSHEET-138
Solutions
1. Given, F = 15 N, s = 5 m ½
Using W = F × s = 15 × 5 = 75 J ½
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011]
2. Moon revolving in a circular path is always
directed along the tangent to a circular orbit.
The angle between the line of action of force and
displacement is 90°.
As, cos 90° = 0 ½
Work done = Fscos 90° = 0
Therefore, work done is zero. ½
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011]
3. Work done = 0 Since displacement , s = 0 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011]
4. Work done is zero. W = Fscos 90° = 0 J 1
[∴ cos 90° = 0]
Displacement is perpendicular to the direction of
applied force while the force of gravity is acting
vertically downwards. Therefore, Work done = mg (h2 – h1)
So, displacement is along the force, hence it is
zero. 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
5. Archer does the work in deforming the bow while
releasing the bow. 1
Deformed bow possesses potential energy and the
moving arrow possesses kinetic energy. ½ + ½
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
S OLUT I ONS
Work done, W = F × s = mg × s
= 15 × 10 × 1.5 = 225 J 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
7. (i) F = 250 × 10 = 2500 N
s = 1 m
W = F × s = 2500 × 1
= 2500 J 1
(ii) Zero, as there is no displacement. 1
(iii) To hold the box, men are applying a force which is
opposite and equal to the gravitational force acting
on the box. While applying the force muscular
effort is involved, and so they feel tired. 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
6. (i) Yes, it is possible, that a body is displaced and
yet its work done is zero. For example, a satellite
moving around the earth. 1
(ii) Frictional Force F = 5 N
Total Distance covered by the boy
S = 1.5 km + 1.5 (2π × 10 m) + 2.0 km
= 1500 m + 942 m + 2000 m
= 4442 m
Work Done; W = FS
= (5N) (4442 m)
= 2210 J
Note, we should take the distance covered while
moving into the circular path as 1.5 times its
circumference (2πr) and not its diameter since
work is done against friction for the entire one and
a half cycle. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015] 2
7. (i) Work done = mgh 1
Difference in height of initial and final position is
zero. 1
= mg(0) = 0 1
(ii) Work done = Change in K.E
Work done = v2 final – v1 initial 1
1 1
= × 20 × 4 – × 20 × 25 = 40 – 250 = – 210 J 1
2 2
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
P-85
 TOPIC-2
Energy, Types of Energy and Law of Conservation
of Energy

WORKSHEET-139
Solutions
1. Mechanical energy. 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011]
2. Kinetic energy. 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011]
3. 3.6 × 106 Joules. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011] 1
9. (i) Sum of kinetic energy and potential energy of
4. The energy possessed by a rolling stone is kinetic
energy. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011] 1
5. The potential energy get converted into kinetic
energy during hitting a metal by a fast moving
hammer. Due to which metal gets heated. 2
6. (i) Chemical energy to heat energy.
(ii) Chemical energy of fuel to electrical energy.
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014] 1 + 1 = 2
7. Energy can neither be created nor be destroyed,
but can be converted from one form to another. 1
No, potential energy is converted to kinetic
energy. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] 1 + 1 = 2
8. Energy can neither be created nor destroyed but
can be transformed from one form to another.
Explanation of law : Let us take the example of
simple pendulum. We draw a pendulum bob to one
side and allow it to oscillate.
The pendulum bob has P. E. at the extreme positions.
Then, it is converted to K.E. at the mean position
and so on.
It comes to rest due to air resistance and friction
with the hook.
Energy is lost in overcoming friction and air
resistance.
But total energy remains constant. 3
an object is the total mechanical energy.
Its two forms are kinetic energy and potential
energy. 1
Energy can neither be created nor be destroyed but
can be transformed from one form to another. 1
Example is simple pendulum. 1
5
(ii) m = 1000 kg, u = 72 km/h = 72 × m/s = 20 m/s,
18
v = 0,
1
Initial kinetic energy = mv2
2
1
= × 1000 × 202
2
= 200000 J = 2 × 105 J 2
Final K.E. = 0, work done = change in
K.E. = 2 × 105 J [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]

WORKSHEET-140
Solutions 5. (i) Kinetic Energy and potential energy.
(ii) Potential Energy
1. Kinetic energy. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011] 1 (iii) Kinetic Energy
(iv) Kinetic Energy ½×4=2
2. Potential Energy. 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011]

3. Chemical to light energy, or chemical to sound 6. K.E. = 1 mv 2 (p = mv)

2
energy. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011] 1
mv × mv p2
4. K.E. = 1 mv2. Kinetic energy is directly proportional = =
2m 2m
2
to mass. Therefore, horse possesses more energy, p2
K.E. =
due to its large mass. 1 2m
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011] [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015] 2

P-86 S C I E N C E - IX
 7. (i) Potential energy. 1 v = 100 m/s
(ii) Energy possessed by a body by virtue of its Momentum = Mass × Velocity
position. 1
(iii) It gets converted into heat and sound. 1 = 0.1 × 100 = 10 kg m/s 3
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015]

8. Using the formula for K.E. we get, 1 1

9. (i) (K.E.)1 = mv12, (K.E.)2 = mv22; 4 : 9 1+1=2
1 2 2
K.E. = mv 2
2
(ii) Total energy = P.E. + K.E. 1
m = 100 g = 0.1 kg mgh/2 + mgh/2; (v2 = 2gh) 1
K.E. = 500 J T.E. = mgh 1
2 × 500 [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
v2 = = 10000
0.1

WORKSHEET-141
Solutions ⇒
0 –22 = 2 × a × 2
⇒
a = – 1 m/s2 1
1. P.E. becomes maximum. 1 1
K.E. of the body = m(2)2 = 2 J,
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011] 2
2. No, it does not violate the law of conservation If K.E. is doubled then K.E. = 4
of energy. Potential energy is converted into If velocity of body becomes u2
total mechanical energy and hence, it remains 1
K. E = m ( u2 ) = 4 J
2
then,
conserved. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011] 1 2

1 ⇒
u2 = 2 2
3. As K.E. = mv2, if the speed of the body is halved
2 Let s’ be the distance at which it will stop.
1 v2 – u2 = 2as’ 1
its kinetic energy is reduced to of its original 2 2
4 ⇒ 0 – ( 2 2 ) = 2 × (–1) × s’

value.  [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011] 1 ⇒ s’ = 4 m 1
8. (i) Given, m = 75 kg
4. Heat energy to electrical energy. 1
Chemical energy → heat energy → kinetic energy v = 60 m/s K.E. = mv2
2
→ electrical energy. 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011] 1
= × 75 × 60 × 60
2
5. S.l. unit of kinetic energy is joule. 1 = 135000 J
1 1 (ii) P. E. = m.g.h. = 75 × 10 × 850
K.E. = mv2 = × 15 × 42 ½
2 2 = 637500 J
= 120 Joule ½ (iii) Total mechanical energy
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] = K.E. + P.E.
6. Initial K.E. = 25 J 1 = 135000 + 637500 = 772500 J
1 (iv) Given, u = 60 m/s, h = 850 m
Since K.E. = mv2 v2 –u2 = 2gh
2
⇒ As velocity doubles, K.E. becomes four time. v2 – 3600 = 2 × 10 × 850 = 17000
\ K.E. = 4 × 25 = 100 J 1 v = 143.527 m/s
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] 1 2 1
KE = mv = × 75 × (143.527)2
7. Mass = m, u, = 2 m/s, s = 2m, v = 0 2 2
Using equation, v2 – u2 = 2as
= 772500 J 5

S OLUT I ONS P-87

 WORKSHEET-142
Solutions 6. (i) K.E. is the energy possessed by a body by virtue
of its motion. 1
1 1
1. As K.E. = mv2 (ii) K.E. = m(v2 – u2). 1
2 2
1 7. One Joule is the amount of work done on an object
∴
1 = × 1 × v2
2 when a force of 1 N displaces it by 1 m along the
or v2 = 2 line of action of force.
v = 2 = 1.4 m/s. 1 P. E. = mgh 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011] m = 150 kg, g = 10 ms–2, h = 7 m 1
P. E. = 150 × 10 × 7 = 10500 J 1
2. Work done = 0 ½ [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
Since displacement (s) = 0 and W = F × s ½
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011] 8. (i) When an object is placed at a greater height, the
height increases from the reference level. (Velocity
3. Truck has more kinetic energy since kinetic remains constant i.e., zero). Hence, by comparing
the potential energy at two points, we can see that
energy is directly proportional to mass and mass
the P.E. at greater height will be larger. 2
of truck is greater than mass of car.
(ii) m = 2 kg, v = 10 m/s
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011] 1
1
Initial K.E. = mv2
4. Ek (max) at mean position of oscillating pendulum. 2
½ 1
Ep (max) at extreme position of oscillating = × 2 × (10)2 = 100 J 1
2
pendulum. ½
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011] Also, height reached
0 2 − (10 )
2
v 2 � u2
5. Maximum kinetic energy = Maximum potential = h =
2g 2 × 10
energy ½
1 1 −100
K. E. = mv2 = × 2kg × 25ms–1 ×25ms– 1 = = – 5 1
2 2 20

= 625 J ½ [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]

[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]

TOPIC-3
Power

WORKSHEET-143
Solutions 4. Power is the rate of doing work. 1
Work 1 Joule
1. Watt. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011] 1 Power = =
Time 1 second
2. 1 kWh = 3.6 × 106 J. 1 = 1 watt or 1 W ½
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011]
If the power of an electric bulb is 15 W, it consumes
3. Electrical energy = Power × time taken 15 joules per second ½
= 1.2 × 10 Energy consumed by the bulb in 10 minutes = 15
W × 600 s = 9000 Joules 1
= 12 kWh 2
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015]

P-88 S C I E N C E - IX
 5. Energy = power × time = 1.5 × 2 = 3 kWh 8. (i) SI unit of electrical energy is Joule (J)
= 3 units. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014] 3 Commercial unit of electrical energy is kilowatt
hour (kWh)
6. Work done = Fs = 2400 × 10 = 24000 J (ii) m = 800 kg, h = 1500 cm = 15 m, t = 20 sec,
Power = Fv = 2400 × 2 = 4800 W g = 10 m/s2
1½ + 1½ = 3
7. (i) 2 bulbs of 40 watts for 6 hrs. W mgh
P = =
E1 bulb = 2 × 40 × 6 = 480 W = 0.48 kWh t t
(ii) E2 tubelight = 50 × 8 × 2 = 0.800 kWh 800 × 10 × 15
= = 6000 W 5
(iii) ETV = 120 × 6 = 0.720 kWh 20
Total Energy = 0.48 + 0.80 + 0.72 = 2.00 units (iii) E = 500 J, t = 20 sec
rate = ` 2.50 per unit W 500
Power, P = = = 25 W
Cost per day = 2 × 2.50 = ` 5.00 t 20
Cost of 30 days = 5.00 × 30 = ` 150 5
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015]
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016]

WORKSHEET-144
Solutions W mgh 50 × 10 × 6.75
= =
P=
t t 9
60 = 50 × 10 × 0.75
1. P= = 1 J/s = 1 Watt 1
60 = 500 × 0.75
= 375 W. 3
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011]
6. (i) The commercial unit of energy is kilowatt (kWh)
2. Work done = Energy consumed ½ hour. ½
Energy = Power × Time taken (ii) The SI unit of energy is joule.
Now, 1 kWh = 1 kW × 1 or ½
= 1000 W × 2 hour ½
= 1000 W × 1 h ½
= 2000 W-hr or 2 kW-hour or 2 kWh
= 1000 W × 3600 s ½
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] 1 6
= 3600000 J = 3.6 × 10 J ½
3. P. E. = mgh ½ 1 kWh = 3.6 × 106 J
20 (iii)
m = 62 kg, g = 10 m/s2, h = 65 ×
= 13 m
100
Appliance Power Time Energy consumed
P. E. = 62 × 10 × 13 = 8060 J ½
P.E. 8060 4 Bulbs 50 W 6h 4 × 50 × 6 = 1200 Wh ½
P = =
t 12 3 Tube lights 40 W 8h 3 × 40 × 8 = 960 Wh ½
= 671.67 W 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] 1 TV 100 W 6 h 1 × 100 × 6 = 600 Wh ½
4. (i) m = 10 kg, t = 15 s, d = 15 m. 1 Refrigerator 300 W 24 h 1 × 300 × 24 = 7200 Wh ½
W mgh 10 × 10 × 15
P = = = = 100 W. 2
t t 15 Total energy consumed = 9960 Wh = 9.960 kWh
(ii)
Potential energy from the stretched string of the Electricity bill amount = 9.960 units × ` 2.50
bow. 1 = ` 24.90 ½
5. m = 50 kg, t = 9 sec.
For 30 days = 30 × 24.90 = ` 747
height of 45 staircases = 15 × 45 = 675 = 6.75 m.
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]

WORKSHEET-145
Solutions force is zero. This is because there is no component
of the force of gravity in the direction of
1. The work done on the object by the gravitational displacement. 3

S OLUT I ONS P-89

 2. As work done = W = Fscos θ
Where, F is the force applied on the body, ‘s’ is the 1 2 2
But v2 – u2 = 2 as or, as = (v – u ) 1
displacement through which the body is moved 2
and θ is the angle between the force and the
displacement. When θ = 0°, cos θ = 1. v2
Therefore, W = energy or, s = ½
Hence, for maximum work done, the angle between 2a
the force and the displacement should be 0°. 3
v2 1
3. Let initial mass m1 = m, velocity v1 = v W = m.a. = mv2 1
Final mass m2 = 16 m, velocity v2 = ? ½ 2a 2
For the same kinetic energy (ii)
Energy = power × time
1 1
m1v12 = m2v22 ½ = 5 kw × 1 min
2 2
= 3 × 105 J ½
1 1
or, mv2 = 16 mv22 ½ Therefore, mass of water drawn in 1 min,
2 2
E 3 × 10 5
v2 m = =
∴
v22 = ½ gh 10 × 20
16
= 1.5 × 103 kg ½
v2 1
or, v2 = = v 1 Therefore, a
16 4
Mass 1.5 × 10 3
Thus, velocity should be one fourth. Volume of water = =
Density 10 3
4. (i) Energy possessed by a body by virtue of motion.
F = ma = 1.5 m3 1
W = F.s =energy ½ [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]

WORKSHEET-146
Solutions 4. Kilowatt hour (kWh) is the largest practical unit of
energy
1. Both the public bus and the car are moving with 1 kWh = 3.6 × 106 J
the same kinetic energy and are stopped by same Therefore, 1.8 × 107 Joule = 5 kWh. 3
retarding force.
⇒ Kinetic energy = Work done in stopping 5. (i) Power 1
watt or J/s. 1 watt is the power of an object which
= Force × Distance does work at the rate of 1 J per second. 1
Therefore, both public bus and the car will stop at (ii) Power of an object may vary. Hence, average power
the same distance. 3 is important in the case when the average power of
2. The vehicles stop when kinetic energy of both the entire process within a given time is calculated. 1
is spent in working against the force of friction Total energy consumed
Average power =
between the tyres and the road. The force of friction Total time
1
varies directly with the weight of the vehicle. The
(iii) P = mgh/t =(45 × 10 × 45 × 0.15)/9 = 375 W 1
weight of public bus is greater than the weight of a
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
car. 1
⇒ K.E. = Work done 1
= Force of friction × Distance ½ 6. (i) K.E. = m × v2 = 18.75 kJ = 18750 1
2
K.E.
∴ Distance travelled =
v2 =
18750 × 2 1
Force of friction
15
K.E.
= 1 v = 2500 m/s = 50 m/s 1
Weight of vehicle
P
(ii) E = = 100 W × 4h = 0.4 kWh 1
Therefore, the public bus will stop at a lesser t
distance. ½
Energy consumed by it in a day = 0.4 × 3.6 × 106 J 1
3. To bring the moving object to rest, the work done
on the object should be equal to the kinetic energy = 1.44 × 106 J
1 [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011]
of the moving object i.e., mv2. 3
2
qqq

P-90 S C I E N C E - IX
CHAPTER
SECTION

14
B SOUND
TOPIC-1
Sound : Its Nature, Production, Propagation, Speed
and Reflection

WORKSHEET-147
Solutions
1. When the speed of an object exceeds the speed of (ii)
sound, it is said to travel in supersonic speed. For
example, bullets, jet crafts etc., travel in supersonic
speeds. 1
2. Longitudinal mechanical wave. 1
3. (i) The time taken by two consecutive compressions Low Pitched Sound
or rarefactions to cross a fixed point is called the 1
time period of a wave. ½ [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011]
(ii) Speed of sound (v) = Wavelength (λ) × 5. Three features of transverse waves are :
Frequency (υ) ½ (i) The particles of the medium vibrates at right angles
v = λυ to the direction of propagation of wave.
(ii) Transverse waves travels in the form of crests and
(iii) Given, velocity, v = 339 ms–1
troughs.
Wavelength, λ = 1.5 cm (iii) They cannot travel through vacuum. 1×3=3
1.5
=m 6. (a) Longitudinal wave.
100 (b) Sound waves. 1
We know, Velocity = Wavelength × Frequency (c) If T is the time period of the wave then, 1
339 (i) after time interval T/2, the point will have a
requency = Velocity =
Therefore, F rarefaction ½
Wavelength 1.5
(ii) after time T, the point will have a compres-
100
sion. ½
339 ×100 [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011]
=
1.5 7. (a)
Frequency = 22600 Hz 1 S. No. Music Noise
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011] (i) Music produces a Noise is unpleasant.
pleasing effect on our
4. (a) The pitch of a sound depends on the frequency
ears and mind.
of vibration. The pitch of a sound is directly
proportional to its frequency. 1 (ii) Frequency is high Frequency is low and
(b) and produces regular has irregular waveform.
waveform.
(i)
Musical sound shows Noise shows sudden
(iii)
no sudden changes of changes in amplitude
amplitude or wave- and wavelength.
length.
3
High Pitched Sound
(b) Bats and Dolphins.
Process : SONAR. 1+1=2

S OLUT I ONS P-91

 WORKSHEET-148
Solutions
S.
Longitudinal waves Transverse waves
1. The vibration of the medium that travels along No.
or parallel to the direction of the wave is called a (i) In longitudinal waves, In a transverse wave,
longitudinal wave. In a sound wave, the particles of the individual particles particles do not oscil-
the medium vibrate in the direction parallel to the of the medium move late along the line of
direction of the propagation of disturbance. Hence, in a direction parallel wave propagation, but
a sound wave is called a longitudinal wave. 1 to the direction of oscillate up and down
propagation of the about their mean posi-
2. Quality or timbre. ½+½
disturbance. tion.
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2010]
(ii) Wave travels in the Wave travels in the
3. (a) (i) Amplitude ½ form of compression form of crest and
(ii) Frequency. ½ and rarefaction. trough.
(b) Ceiling of concert halls are curved so that sound, (iii) Sound waves. Light waves.
after reflection, reaches all the corners of the hall. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] 3
The sound after reflection from the curved surface
spreads evenly across the width of the hall. 1 6. (i) Relationship b/w wavelength, frequency and
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011] speed is v = λf 1
v 440
4. Frequency = 512 Hz, Speed of the sound = 340 m/s (ii) λ = = = 2 m 2
f 220
Since v = l u
v 340 [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
l = = = 0.66 m
υ 512 7. (i) x-amplitude 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015] 2 (ii) y-wavelength 1
(iii) Frequency, υ = Number of oscillations / Time 1
5. Distinction between longitudinal and transverse 360
= = 3 Hz 1
waves : 2 × 60
(iv) Time period, T = 1/υ = 1/3 s 1

WORKSHEET-149
Solutions λ
(ii) 1.5 m =
1. The frequency of the vibration of a sound produced 2
by a guitar is greater than that produced by a car λ = 3 m 1
horn. Since the pitch of a sound is proportional to [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011]
its frequency, the guitar has a higher pitch than a
5. When a stone is thrown into a pond, transverse
car-horn. 1
waves are formed. 1+2=3
2. Frequency = cycles per sec = waves per sec Wavelength
Crest
20 Hertz. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011] 1
Displacement
3. Given :
Distance between the crest and next trough = 10 cm
λ
or = 10 ½ Time
2 Trough
λ = 20 cm = 0.20 m ½ [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015]
Velocity v = u × λ
= 12 × 0.20 ½
s 20
= 2.40 m/s ½ 6. Given, v = 340 m/s t = = = 0.0588 sec
v 340
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2013]
No. of vibrations = 0.0588 × 280 = 16.52 vibrations
4. (i) In two sec, the number of waves produced = 20 [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015] 3
20
f = = 10 Hz 1
2

P-92 S C I E N C E - IX
 7. (a) Sound is produced by the vibration of objects. 1
When objects vibrate, it collides with the molecules 125 = 0+ × 10 × t2
2
in the medium. This collision produces mechanical
oscillations in the medium. Because of this, sound ∴
t = 5 s
waves are known as mechanical waves. Let t’ be the time taken by sound to reach the top
(i) Megaphones, horns, musical instruments as after splash
trumpets etc. u = 340 m/s, h = 125 m, t1 = ?
(ii) Stethoscope.
h 125
(b) Speed of sound = 340 m/s; g = 10 m/s2; u = 0; t1 = = = 0.37 s
u 340
h = 125 m; t = ?
Splash will be heard after t+t1 = (5+0.37) s = 5.37 s
1
h = ut + gt2 [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012] 5
2

WORKSHEET-150
Solutions 5. (i) The bowl that contains the maximum quantity
of water produces low pitch sound. 1
1 1 (ii) The bowl that contains the least quantity of water
1. As we know, f = = ½
T0.025 will produce high pitch sound. 1
1000 (iii) Frequency of sound waves determine the pitch. 1
f= = 40 Hz. ½ [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014]
25
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2010] 6. No. of vibrations in 10 sec = 20
No. of vibrations in 1 sec = 20/10 = 2
2. Because velocity of sound is much more than the
Frequency = 2 Hz
velocity of car. 1
Time period = 1/u = 1/2 = 0.5 sec 2
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2010]
Production of longitudinal wave in can be
3. (i) In air, the waves produced are longitudinal, produced slinky by giving a jerk.
because the particles of the medium vibrate to and [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014] 1
fro about their mean position, with the direction of
propagation of wave. 1 Ans. (i)
(ii) In wire, the waves produced are transverse as the
particles of the medium vibrate perpendicular to
the direction of propagation of wave. 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011]

4.

(ii)

Time

Wave shape for a low pitched

sound (less frequency)

(iii)

Time

Wave shape for a high pitched

sound (more frequency) 1½+1½+2=5
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011] 2 [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]

S OLUT I ONS P-93

 WORKSHEET-151
Solutions 5. Speed = 335 m/sec
Time = 2 sec.
1. Air column in whistle vibrate more no. of fimes Distance = Speed × Time
compared to stretched drum. = 335 × 2
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2010] 1 = 670 m 3
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014]
2. Transverse wave – light waves or waves generated
in a plucked string. (Any one) ½ 6. (i) It is called hertz.
Longitudinal wave – Sound waves ½ Number of waves
(ii) Frequency =
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2010] Time

3. Number of vibrations in one minute = 6000 1 256

=
4
6000
Number of vibrations in one sec = = 64 Hz. 1+2=3
60
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
u = 100 Hz
v = 360 ms–2 7. (i)

v 360 ms-1
v = uλ ⇒ λ = = = 3.6 m
υ 100 s-1
Displacement

½+½ O Time
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011]

4. (i) Amplitude = maximum displacement = 12 cm

½ 1
(ii) Wavelength (λ) = distance between two crests ½
(ii) Compressed or rarefied 1
= 36 cm = 0.36 m
(iii) Frequency 1
(iii) Frequency (u) = 200 Hz.
(iv) v = υλ
⇒ λ = 0.36 m
399 = υ × 1.5 ½
∴ v = λv
= 0.36 × 200 υ =399/1.5 = 266 Hz ½
= 72 m/s 1 It will be audible. 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011] [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]

WORKSHEET-152
Solutions (ii) It will be same. 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
1 . Fig. (b) because amplitude is larger. 1
5. (i) The stage of an auditorium has curved
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2010]
background as it spreads the reflected sound to the
2. Longitudinal waves. audience. 1
3. Humming bees produce sound by vibrating their Curtains and false ceilings - to prevent echo. 1
wings which is in the audible range. In case of (ii) Sound needs a medium for transmission and it
pendulum the frequency is below 20 Hz which does cannot travel in vacuum. 1
not come in the audible range [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
4. (i) 6. υ = 400 MHz
Distance = 400 × 106 Hz ½
Speed =
Time λ = ?, v = λυ ½
λ v
v = λ = 1
T υ

1 3 × 10 8 3
v = l   = = = 0.75 m 1
T 400 × 10 6 4
v = λυ 2 [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]

P-94 S C I E N C E - IX
 TOPIC-2
Echo, Applications of Sound, Range of Hearing and
Structure of Human Ear
WORKSHEET-153
Solutions
1. Reverberation is the ‘repeated reflection of sound
waves’ that results in persistence of sound for
sometime. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011] 1
2. Usage of ultrasound in SONAR is known as echo
ranging. 1
This method is used to determine the depth of sea,
to locate underwater hills, valleys, sub-marine,
icebergs, sunken ship etc. (Any one) 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011]
3. The repeated reflection that results in the
persistence of sound is called reverberation. It
can be reduced by covering roof and walls of
auditorium with sound absorbent materials and
seats are made of material having sound absorbing
properties. 2
Two applications of reflection of sound waves :
(i) Echo. ½
(ii) In Megaphones. ½
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014]
WORKSHEET-154
Solutions
1. Between 20 Hz to 20,000 Hz. 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011]
2. Ultrasound more than 20 kHz.
Bats send ultrasonic signals and receive it back
after reflection from obstacle / prey. 2
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016]
3. Waves whose frequency is more than 20 kHz and
cannot be heard by human beings. ½
Dolphins. Detect or flaw
They use ultrasonic waves to detect fish in water.½
Ultrasonic waves are used to diagnose disease by
ultrasound scanning technique. 1+1=2
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
4. (i) Ultrasound : Frequencies higher than 20 kHz
are called ultrasound. 1
Dolphins, bats and tortoises. (Any two) 1
S OLUT I ONS
4. Definition of echo : Echo is the repetition of sound
due to the reflection of original sound by a large
and hard obstacle. 1
If speed of sound is 344 m/s and persistence of
sound is 1/10 second then,
minimum distance between the observer and the
reflecting surface should be at least 17.2 m.  1
In a small hall the distance is less than 17.2 m. 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
5. (i) Repeated reflection/ Reverberation is the cause
of sensation of sound due to rolling thunder. 1
(ii) 20 – 20,000 Hz. 1
(iii) Frequency less than 20 Hz is infrasonic while
greater than 20 kHz is ultrasonic. ½+½
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
6. (i) Waves with frequency higher than 20 kHz are
ultrasonic waves.
(ii) In detecting flaws or cracks in metal blocks, in clean-
ing odd-shaped machines.
(iii) Certain moths can hear the high-frequency squeaks
of the bats and are able to know when a bat is flying
nearby. 1+2+2=5
(ii) Moths can hear the high-frequency squeaks of
the bat and are able to know when a bat is flying
nearby and are able to escape capture. 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
5. Ultrasound can be used to detect cracks and flaws
in metals blocks. The cracks or holes inside the
metal blocks, which are invisible from outside
reduces the strength of structure. Ultrasonic
waves are allowed to pass through the blocks
and detectors are used to detect the transmitted
waves. If there is a small defect, the ultrasound
gets reflected back.
Ultrasound
Detector
Metal block 3
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014]
P-95
 6. (a) (i) Pitch : The way the brain interprets the
frequency of an emitted sound is called its pitch.
(ii) Loudness : The degree of sensation of sound
is known as loudness. The magnitude of the
maximum disturbance in the medium on ei-
ther side of the mean value is called amplitude.
Loudness or intensity of sound is proportional
to the square of amplitude.
(iii) Timbre : It enables us to distinguish one sound
from another having the same pitch and loud-
ness. 3
WORKSHEET-155
Solutions
1. The rolling of thunder is due to the successive
reflection of the sound from a number of reflecting
surfaces such as the clouds and the land. 1
2. Speed of light is 3 × 108 m/s while the speed of
sound in air is 330 m/s. Hence, thunder can be seen
before it can be heard.
It is due to multiple reflections of sound from
reflecting surfaces like clouds and land. 1 + 1 = 2
3. Number of vibrations in 1 sec is frequency. 1
Distance between two consecutive crests or trough
is wavelength. 1
Echo is repetition of reflection of sound due to the
reflection of original sound by a large and hard
obstacle. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014] 1
4. Advantage : Generally, the curved ceilings reflect
the sound and spread it evenly across the width of
the hall. 2
Curved ceiling
Audience
Source of sitting
sound in the hall
1 = 1400 m/sec 3
WORKSHEET-156
Solutions
1. Sound travels faster in summer season than in
winter season. This is because, speed of sound
increases with the increase in temperature. 3
P-96
(b) Given , Echo returned in 3 seconds.
Speed of sound = 342 m/s
Distance travelled by sound = 342 × 3
= 1026 m
1026
Distance of reflecting surface = = 513 m 2
2
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
5. The function of human ear 1
Outer Ear Middle Ear Inner Ear
Ear drum
Outer ear collects sound waves from surrounding
that passes through auditory canal. When a
compression of the medium reaches the ear drum,
the pressure on the outside of membrane increases
and forces the eardrum inwards and set then into
vibrations. 1
Middle ear enlarges these oscillations. Inner ear
converts these pressure waves into electrical
signals.
These signals are converged to the brain via
auditory nerve and the brain interprets them as
sound. 1
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012]
6. (a) Three medical uses of ultrasound are :
(i) Electrocardiography
(ii) Ultrasonography.
(iii) To break small stones formed in the kidneys
into the grains. 2
(b) Distance = 2800 m
Time = 4 sec.
Velocity = ?
∴ 2d = v × t
2d/t = v
⇒ v = 2 × 2800/4
[CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014]
2. Yes, the sound follows the same laws of reflection as
the light does, i.e.,
(i) Angle of incidence (∠i) = Angle of reflection (∠r).
(ii)
The incident wave, the reflected wave and the
normal at the point of incidence all lie in the same
plane. 3
S C I E N C E - IX
 3. No, two friends on the surface of the moon cannot
talk to each other. This is because moon has no
atmosphere or the medium whereas the sound
needs a material medium to travel. 3
4. Transverse waves are not produced in liquids
and gases. Transverse waves travel in the form of
crests and troughs involving change in shape of
the medium. As liquids and gases do not possess
the elasticity of shape, hence such waves are not
produced in liquids and gases. 3
5. We hear two sounds, when one hammers on the
railway line. One through the solid, i.e. railway line,
and the other through air. As the speed of sound
in solid is much higher than the speed in air, the
sound through solid reaches much earlier. 3
6. The speed of light in air or vacuum is 3 × 108 m/s
which is very high in comparison to speed of
sound, which is approximately 332 m/s in air. Due
to this reason the flash of lightning is seen first and
the sound of thunder is heard a little later in the
rainy season. 3
7. No, the quality of the two notes need not be the
same.
Reason : This is because, whereas the pitch of
a note is determined solely by its frequency,
the quality is determined by its harmonic or
overtone. [CBSE Marking Scheme, 2011] 3
8. To hear an echo, the minimum distance between
the source of sound and the obstacle or reflecting
surface should be 17 metres. Since length of a room
is less than 17 metres, no echo is heard in a small
room. 3

WORKSHEET-157
Solutions 7. Velocity of wave = Wavelength × Frequency,
1
1. Pulse is a wave of short duration produced by a v =
T
single disturbance in a medium. 2
2. (i) The sound waves are mechanical. λ
v = λυ or, v = 2
(ii) Sound waves cannot travel through vacuum and T
travels in the form of a longitudinal wave. 1 + 1 = 2 2 × 10
8. Velocity of pulse = = 6.66 m/s 2
3. (i) The length of the tubes should be at least 50 cm. 3
(ii) Angles should be measured carefully using a 9. The distance between a crest and the next trough is
protractor. 1+1=2 half the wavelength i.e., λ/2. 2
4. The best results can be obtained by using the
10. Distance covered is four to and fro motions
combination of a narrow tube and strong source of
sound. 2 = 2 × 4 × 25 cm = 200 cm = 2 m
5. (i) The metal plate used as reflector may not be at Time = 2.8 sec.
right angles to the table top. Distance
∴ Speed of pulse =
(ii) The ends of toothpicks may not be aligned. Time
(Or any other) 1 + 1 = 2 2
6. (i) Table top should be smooth. =
2.8
(ii) Slinky or string should be of suitable length, flexible
= 0.71 m/s. 2
and elastic. 1+1=2

qqq

S OLUT I ONS P-97

CHAPTER
SECTION
15
B NATURAL RESOURCES
TOPIC-1
The Breath of Life : Air, Role of Atmosphere in
Climate Control, Movement of Air : Winds, Rain,Air
Pollution, Water : A Wonder Liquid, Water Pollution,
Mineral Riches in the Soil
WORKSHEET-158
Solutions
1. Life supporting zone where atmosphere,
hydrosphere and lithosphere interact. 1
2. Plants and animals. ½+½
3. Humus. 1
4. NO2 and SO2. 1+1
5. Lichens
Lichens secretes organic acids, which develops
cracks in stones. 1+1
6. Constituents of Abiotic component are :
(i) Soil or Lithosphere : Land (or soil) on the earth’s
crust ½
(ii) Water or Hydrosphere : Water that covers 75% of
crust ½
(iii) Air or Atmosphere : Blanket of gases that covers
earth ½
The three provide support to all living organisms
which constitute biotic component of biosphere. (b) Measures :
1½
7. Continuous evaporation of water. 1
Cooling of water vapour as it goes up and formation
of droplets. 1
Low temperature brings about precipitation. 1
WORKSHEET-159
Solutions
1. Lichens. 1
2. Lichens. 1
3. SO2 and NO2 ½+½
4. (i) Burning of fossil fuels.
(ii) Deforestation. 1+1
5. Garbage should not be thrown into water bodies,
all industrial wastes from the factories should be
treated before releasing into river or water bodies. 2
6. The fossil fuels like coal and petroleum contain
small amounts of nitrogen and sulphur. When
these fossil fuels are burnt they produce different
oxides of nitrogen and sulphur. When these oxides
dissolve in rain they gives rise to acid rain. 3
7. (i) Combustion of fossil fuels increases in the content
of suspended particles in air (unburnt hydrocarbons
or carbon particles), these particles reduce visibility,
P-98
8. It regulates body temperature; all cellular processes
take place in water medium; digestion of food;
transportation of nutrients through blood; excretion
of waste. (Any three) 3
9. Three reasons are :
(i) Addition of undesirable substances like pesticides,
poisonous salts etc.
(ii) Removal of nutrients, depletion of oxygen.
(iii) Sudden change (rise) in temperature due to hot
water released by factories. 1×3
10. (a) (i) Increased in the consumption of fossil fuel -
increases the production of pollution like CO, SO2,
NO2, CO2 etc.
(ii) CFC has led to depletion in ozone layer, which
results in one entry of U-V rays into earth’s
atmosphere.
(iii) Acid rain.
(iv) Production of greenhouse gases. 3
(i) Reduce consumption of fossil fuels.
(ii) Planting more trees.
(iii) Using Isolentanes instead of CFC.
(iv) Usage of non-conventional sources of energy, e.g.,
solar, wind, tidal energy. ½×4=2
and water of the atmosphere condenses to form
smog. 1½
(ii) Inhaling this air increases incidences of allergy,
cancer and heart disease. (Any two)1½
8. (i) Presence of high levels of suspended particles
like unburnt carbon particles in the atmosphere,
cause visibility to be lowered. In cold weather when
water condenses out of air, this forms smog.
(ii) It increases the incidences of allergies, cancer and
heart disease.
(iii) On burning, oxides of nitrogen and sulphur are
formed. They dissolve in rains to give rise to acid
rain. 1×3=3
9. (i) Biogeochemical cycles balance intake and release
of these gases. 1+1
(ii) No atmosphere, thus cannot trap Infra Red (IR)
radiation 1+1
(iii) Burning of coal and petroleum release oxides of N,
C, S etc. 1
S C I E N C E - IX
 WORKSHEET-160
Solutions
1. Wells or Tube wells. 1
2. It prevents sudden increase in temperature during
the day light hours. It slows down the escape of
heat into outer space during the night. 1
3. (i) Increased use of vehicles run by fossil fuels.
(ii) Emission of factory waste in rivers. ½+½
4. Sun, water, wind. (Any two) ½+½
5. (a) This is because moon has no atmosphere.
(b) Mathura refinery pose problem to the Taj Mahal
due to the following reasons :
(i) Acid rain
(ii) Corrosion and pitting of marble substance.
1+½+½
6. (i) (a) All cellular processes take place in water
medium.
(b) All reactions that take place within our body and
within the cells occur between substances that are
dissolved in water.
(c) Substances are also transported form one part of
the body to the other in a dissolved form.
(Any two) ½ + ½
(ii) (a) Water occupies very large area of earth’s surface.
(b) It exists in the form of water vapour in the
atmosphere.
(c) Fresh water is found frozen in the ice-caps at the
two poles and on snow covered mountains.
(d) The underground water and the water in rivers,
lakes and ponds is also fresh. (Any two) ½ + ½
7. Oxides of nitrogen and sulphur (air pollutants)
dissolve in rain and form HNO3 and H2SO4 making
the rain acidic. 1
Suspended unburnt carbon particles (hydrocarbon)
cause visibility to be lowered when water condenses
during cold weather and forms smog. 1
Ill-effects - allergies, respiratory problems, cancer,
heart disease. 1
8. (i) Removal of useful components from the soil and
addition of other substances, which adversely affect
the fertility of the soil. This kills the diversity of
organisms that lives in it. 2
(ii) It destroys the soil structure by killing soil
microorganisms that recycle nutrients in the soil. 1
(iii) It will destroy biodiversity and cause soil erosion.
 ½+½
(iv) Help in percolation of water into the deeper layers. 1

TOPIC-2
Biogeochemical Cycles—Water Cycle, Nitrogen Cycle,
Carbon Cycle, the Greenhouse Effect, Oxygen Cycle,
Ozone Layer
WORKSHEET-161
Solutions 7. (i) In the upper regions of the atmosphere, a layer of
ozone is formed, which gets depleted due to chloro-
1. Carbon dioxide. 1 fluoro carbons and creates a hole, known as ozone
2. Through carbon cycle. 1 hole. 1
3. 78%. 1 (ii) Above Antarctica over North Pole. 1
4. A part of the sunlight that falls on the earth is (iii) U-V radiation will reach the earth and cause disease
reflected back in the form of infrared light. This like cancer, reduce immunity, reduce crop yield. 1
infrared light is absorbed by the carbon dioxide 8. (i) Carbon dioxide. 1
molecules present in atmosphere. Due to increase CO2 in
atmosphere
in CO2 concentration in the atmosphere, larger (ii)
Ph hes

proportion of the infrared rays is trapped by

nt
ot is
os

CO2 molecules. This phenomenon is called the

y-

greenhouse effect. 2 Organic compounds

(plants)
5. (i) (a) Nucleic acids (DNA and RNA). 1
(b) Proteins. 1
Organic
(ii) Nitrogen fixing bacteria are found in root nodules compounds
(animals)
of legumes and they convert atmospheric nitrogen Carbonates
in water
Inorganic
into soluble nitrates and nitrites. 1 carbonate
Coal
(shells)
6. (i) Photosynthesis Petroleum Limestone

(ii) Denitrification. Carbon-cycle in nature

(iii) Biogeochemical cycles. 1×3=3

S OLUT I ONS P-99

 WORKSHEET-162
Solutions
1. Azotobacter. 1
2. SO2. 1
3. Nitrification. 1
4. (i) Ozone is known to absorb harmful UV radiation.
(ii) Lichens are bio indicators and sensitive to
sulphur dioxide which is a major pollutant from
automobiles. The compound in them reacts with
sulphur dioxide to form a poisonous chemical that
kills the plant itself. This is because lichens grow in
areas where sulphur dioxide pollution is very less,
e.g. in Manali and Darjeeling. Delhi has maximum
automobiles and is hence highly polluted and thus
lichens cannot grow in such environment. 1 + 1
5. (a) Ozone prevents harmful ultraviolet radiations to
reach earth’s surface. 1
(b) (i) Any change that reduces the amount of
oxygen dissolved has an adverse effect on aquatic
organisms.
(ii) Sudden change in the temperature is dangerous for
them or affects their breeding. 1+1
6. CFC’s harmful effects are :
(i) CFC’s are very stable. ½
(ii) Not degraded by any biological process. ½
(iii) Found to persist in the atmosphere. ½
(iv) Reacts with the ozone layer. ½
(v) Causes hole in the ozone layer. ½
WORKSHEET-163
Solutions
1. Nitrogen fixing bacteria fix nitrogen in the root
nodules of these plants. 1
2. They fix atmospheric nitrogen and convert it into
usable form. 1
3. Chloro-fluoro carbon (CFC’s). 1
4. (i) When stable, ozone, means Ozone which is
poisonous. Nearer to the earth, it is unstable and
hence is a diatomic molecule of oxygen. 1
(ii)
The suspended particles increases due to the
unburnt carbon particles or hydrocarbons present
in fossil fuels. 1
5. (i) Diamond, graphite. ½+½
(ii) As CO2 in air, as carbonate and hydrogen carbonate
salts in minerals. ½+½
WORKSHEET-164
Solutions
1.
Life can exist on any planet but the proper
composition of air should be present there. In the
planets such as Mars and Venus, life doesn’t exist
P-100
(vi) Ultraviolet radiation enters the earth through this
hole and affects various forms of life. ½
7. A closed structure or enclosure made of glass,
even a bell jar, could be used to function as a green
house. 1
Green houses are used in regions of cold climate to
maintain proper temperature for tropical plants to
service. 1
Greenhouse gases are carbon dioxide, methane.
½+½
8. (i) Nitrogen fixation. 1
(ii) Nitrogen Cycle
Nitrogen in
atmosphere
Nitrogen
Denitrification
fixation
Nitrates
Protoplasm
(green plants)
Protoplasm
(animals)
Nitrification Nitrites
Ammonification
Ammonia
Nitrification
A tm
ospher tion
ic and industrial fixa
(iii) Nitrification is conversion of ammonia to nitrites /
nitrates. ½+½
Nitrogen fixation is conversion of atmospheric
nitrogen to compounds of nitrogen. ½+½
(iii) Proteins, carbohydrates, fats, nucleic acid and
vitamins have carbon containing molecules. 1
6. Ozone forms a protective layer and prevents
harmful rays from entering the earth’s surfaces. 1
U-V rays may cause skin cancer. 1
Methods to control ozone layer depletion are :
(i) Do not use CFC’s.
(ii) Reduce the release of nitrogen oxides and sulphur
oxides in nature. ½+½
7. (a) Biologically nitrogen is fixed by the bacteria
living in the root nodules of leguminous plants and
physically fix through lightning. 2
(b) (i) X = Denitrification, Y = Ammonification. 2
(ii) Denitrifying bacteria convert the nitrate compounds
back to nitrogen which releases into the atmosphere.
This process is called denitrification. 1
because the major component of air is the carbon
dioxide which mark upto 95-97% of the atmosphere
while in our earth, carbon dioxide mark up to 0.03%
to 0.04%. 3
S C I E N C E - IX
 2. Since, atmosphere covering the earth and air, is a
bad conductor of heat, so, the atmosphere keeps
the average temperature of the earth fairly constant
throughout the year. It also prevents the sudden
increase or decrease of temperature during day or
night. Thus the atmosphere acts like a blanket of the
Earth. 3
3. As the sun unevenly heats the various regions on
the earth’s surface, air expands and rises over the
hotter regions; and condenses and sinks over the
cooler regions.
During daytime, air above land gets heated faster
than air above water; whereas during night, air
above land cools faster than air above water. This
results in formation of regions of low and high
pressure.
Air moves from the high pressure region to the
low pressure region to balance the differences in
pressure, thereby resulting in wind formation.
Thus, the differential pressure of the atmosphere
WORKSHEET-165
Solutions
1. Lichens are commonly found on the barks of trees
as a thin greenish-white crust. Lichens are very
sensitive to the pollutants like sulphur dioxide.
If you find the reduction in the growth of lichens
in that area over a short period of time, you can
conclude that the air is contaminated with sulphur
dioxide. 3
2. Yes, the availability of water decides both the
increased number of individuals of a species and
the richness of the biodiversity. If you see the region
or area which has sufficient water like, ponds,
rivers, ocean wetlands, you will find that there are
many species, which consists of a lot of individual
as compared to the dry places such as desert where
the number of individual of a species and diversity
is very low. 3
3. Some of the gases (such as carbon dioxide, CFCs,
methane, propane, etc.) trap the heat that is reflected
from the earth. So, increase in the percentage of
these gases leads to an increase in the temperature
of atmosphere, thereby causing global warming. 3
S OLUT I ONS
decides the flow of air towards the region of low
pressure.
Some other factors such as rotation of the earth and
mountain region also affect the direction of the flow
of air. 3
4. Water is essential for the life processes because cells
of the organisms contain cytoplasm which consists
of 60-70% of water. Since, all chemical reactions
take place within the cytoplasm and between the
molecules dissolved in water, so, all the life processes
to occur needs water otherwise organisms will not
survive. 3
5. The air pollutants are oxides of nitrogen, sulphur
and lead that come from the burning of fossil fuel
like coal and petroleum. These oxides dissolve in
the water vapour during cooling and condensation
process of rain and finally cause acid rain. The
inhalation of these pollutants during breathing
causes dangerous effect on the organisms and
humans. It also increases the incidence of allergies,
lung disease, heart disease, cancers, etc. 3
4. The fertilisers and pesticides used by the farmer in
their field are poisonous. They get accumulated in
the plant body through the soil and finally in other
living organisms including human beings through
the food chain. This has an adverse effect on the
health of living organisms. 3
5. Yes, some biological organisms like lichens,
algae also influence the formation of soil. These
organisms release some substances which causes
the degradation of rocks and leads to formation
of soil. Other small plants like mosses grow on the
surfaces of rock and causes further break down of
rocks and leads to formation of the soil. 3
6. During day time, water bodies like sea, river and
pond gets heated. This leads to the evaporation of
water which goes into the air. As a result, the air
also gets heated and goes up carrying the water
vapour with it. As the air goes up, it expands and
cools. This cooling of water vapour in the air causes
the formation of tiny water droplets. These droplets
grow bigger by the condensation and forms clouds
loaded with water. When the drops have grown big
and heavy, they fall down in the form of rain. 3
qqq
P-101
CHAPTER
SECTION
16
B IMPROVEMENT IN FOOD RESOURCES
TOPIC-1
Plant and Animal Breeding, Selection for Quality
Improvement and Management
WORKSHEET-166
Solutions
1. Animal husbandry is the scientific management of
animal livestock and includes feeding, breeding
and disease control. 1
2. The cattle husbandry is done mainly for two
purposes-milk and draught labour for agricultural
work such as tilling, irrigation and carting. 1
3. Red Sindhi and Sahiwal. 1
4. (i) Improved varieties and cross-breeds have been
developed,
(ii) Proper health and disease control have also
improved the yield. 1+1
5. Layers are the birds, reared for egg production.
Limestone is added in their diet to form the shell
of eggs.
Other example : Proteins and roughage. abiotic factors (drought, salinity, water logging,
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014) 1 + 1 + 1
6. Macronutrients are nutrients required in large
quantity. e.g., nitrogen.
Micronutrients are nutrients required in small
quantity. e.g., boron.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014) 1½ + 1½
7. (a) Genetically modified crop : In this method,
a gene that would provide the desired
characteristics is introduced into the crop.
WORKSHEET-167
Solutions
1. A healthy animal feeds regularly and has a normal
posture. 1
2. Worms, Liverfluke. 1
3. To raise domestic fowl for egg production and
chicken meat. 1
4. There is good scope for fisheries in India because :
(i) India has 1·6 million hectares of inland water
bodies.
(ii) Its coastline is 7500 km long. 1+1
5. (i) Weather : Climatic conditions should be
favourable for the growth of crops, like duration
of sunlight, temperature, rainfall etc.
(ii) Soil Quality : All plants require nutrients for
their growth. Soil acts as a medium. Soil should
P-102
(b) Some of the factors for which crop variety
improvement is done are :
(i) Higher Yield : Variety improvement has been
done to increase the productivity of the crop
per acre. This is very important in order to meet
food demand for rapidly growing population.
(ii) Improved Quality : The definition of quality is
different for different crops e.g., baking quality
is important in wheat, protein quality in pulses,
oil quality in oil seeds and preserving qualities
in fruits and vegetable.
(iii) Wider Adaptability : Varieties that can grow
under any condition and can adapt themselves
to various environmental conditions, help in
stabilizing the crop production.
(iv) Biotic and Abiotic Resistance : Biotic factors
(like pathogens, insects and nematodes) and
heat, cold and frost) affect crop production a
lot. Varieties resistant to such factors are always
preferred and help in improving the crop pro-
duction.
(c) Two ways to control weeds :
(i) Preventive methods : Proper seed bed prepa-
ration, timely sowing of crops, intercropping
and crop rotation.
(ii) Chemical methods : Spraying of herbicides or
weedicides. e.g., Atrazine. 2, 4 - D.
1+2+2
be rich in nutrients and should have a balanced
pH for the growth of the crops.
(iii) Availability of Water : Irrigation should be
proper for the better production of crops.
1+1+1
6. There are three ways :
(i) Crop Variety Improvement : This approach
aims at finding a crop variety that can give a
good yield variety that can produce high yield
under different conditions and can withstand
different situations like weather changes, soil
quality, water availability etc.
(ii) Crop Production Management : Farmers have
to look into the financial aspect of a crop. They
have to think about the capital to invest on the
land and the benefits they get from it. It is the
S C I E N C E - IX
 financial condition that allows farmers to grow
a particular crop. The purchasing capacity for
inputs decides cropping system and production
practices. these stresses can improve crop production.
(iii) Crop Protection Management : Field crops are
infested by a large number of weeds, insect
pests and diseases. If they are controlled at
correct time, it will ensure increased crop
production. 1+1+1
7. (i) Higher Yield : To increase the productivity of
crop per acre.
(ii) Improved Quality : Quality considerations
such as baking quality, protein quality, oil
quality and preserving quality of crop products
vary from crop to crop.
WORKSHEET-168
Solutions
1. Culture fishery. 1
2. Photosynthesis. (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014) 1
3. Potato and Rice. ½+½
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014)
3. To raise domestic fowl for egg production and
chicken meat. 1
4. Advantages of Holstein-Friesian over the Red
Sindhi are :
(i) Average milk production is more.
(ii) Lactation periods extend throughout the year.
1+1
5. Animal husbandry can be defined as the science of
rearing, feeding, caring, breeding and utilisation of
animals.
Needs of improving livestock production :
(i) It is required to meet the increasing demands of
animal based goods like milk, meat, egg, leather
etc.
(ii) Animal husbandry sets guidelines for proper
management and systematic approach to
animal rearing.
(iii) It also helps in proper utilisation of animal
wastes like animal dung. 1+2
WORKSHEET-169
Solutions
1. Murrah and Mehsana. 1
2. Increased food grain production. 1
3. Better and more efficient use and availability of
milk. 1
4. Animal husbandry is essential because of the
following reasons :
(i) To increase milk production, which
automatically fulfils the need of the growing
population. It also increases the production of
various milk products like butter and cheese.
S OLUT I ONS
(iii) Biotic and Abiotic Resistance : Crop production
can go down due to biotic and abiotic stresses
under different situations. Varieties resistant to
(iv) Change in Maturity Duration : The shorter the
duration of the crop from sowing to harvesting,
the more economical is the variety.
(v) Wider Adaptability : Developing varieties for
wider adaptability will help in stabilising the
crop production under different environmental
conditions.
(vi) Desirable Agronomic Characteristics :
Developing varieties of desired agronomic
characters helps to give higher productivity. 5
6. While designing a shelter for cattle we must have
a shelter that is :
(i) Well ventilated,
(ii) Protects animals from rain, heat and cold,
(iii) The floor of the cattle shed needs to be sloping
so as to stay dry and facilitate cleaning.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1 + 1 + 1
7. Definition of sustainable agriculture.
(i) Mixed farming
(ii) Intercropping
(iii) Crop rotation (CBSE Marking Scheme, 2014)
Detailed Answer :
Sustainable agriculture is the successful
management of resources for agriculture to satisfy
the changing human needs, while maintaining
or enhancing the quality of environment and
conserving natural resources.
The scientific practices that you can undertake to
obtain higher yield from agriculture are :
(i) Mixed farming
(ii) Intercropping
(iii) Crop rotation
(iv) Integrated farming practices 3+2
(ii) To increase egg and meat production, which
are highly nutritious.
(iii) To increase fish production.
(iv) For the proper utilization of animals wastes.
½×4
Ans. Advantages of composite fish culture :
(i) It helps to get a variety in fish yield.
(ii) Food in the pond gets evenly used up due to
different varieties of fish having different food
habits present in a pond.
P-103
 (iii) Fish do not compete for food as all type of fish
get their kind of food. (Any two)
Hormonal stimulation ensures the supply of pure
fish seed in desired quantities. 1+1+1
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
6. (i) Indigenous breed — Aseel, (iv) Discolouration of produce.
Exotic breed — Leghorn.
(ii) Egg, chicken meat,
WORKSHEET-170
Solutions
1. Duration of sunlight. 1
2. From the month of June to October. 1
3. From the month of November to April. 1
4. Chicken C will have maximum laying output.
This is because it is exposed to moderate sunlight.
Moderate light intensity and duration has a
favourable effect on the egg laying output of the
hens. 1+1
5. Roughage – to provide fibres.
Concentrates – to provide proteins and other
nutrients.
Food additives – micronutrients to promote health
and milk output of dairy animals. (selection), crossing them to combine all these
1+1+1
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2013)
6. External parasite—skin disease, worm—affect
stomach and intestine; Flukes—damage liver. commercial use. 1+1+3
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016) 3
TOPIC-2
Use of Fertilizers and Manures; Irrigation, Protection
from Pests and Diseases; Organic Farming, Types of
Farming
WORKSHEET-171
Solutions
1. It is a farming system with minimal or no use of
chemicals and with maximum input of organic
manures, recycled farm wastes and bio-agents with
healthy cropping system. 1
2. Mixed cropping is growing two or more crops
simultaneously on the same piece of land. 1
3. It is growing two or more crops simultaneously on
the same field in a definite pattern. 1
4. Following are the main advantages of mixed
farming :
P-104
(iii) Vitamin A, Vitamin K. ½×6
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
7. (i) Degradation of quality
(ii) Loss in weight
(iii) Poor germinability
(v) Poor marketability. 1+1+1+1+1
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2013)
7. The technique applied for obtaining improved
varieties of crops is called plant breeding. The prime
objective of plant breeding is crop improvement
that is to improve the characteristics of plants so
that plant is agronomically superior. Crop variety
improvement is necessary.
(i) To increase the yield of crop production.
(ii) To produce disease resistant crops.
(iii) To increase the nutrient quality of the crops.
India’s population is increasing alarmingly, so to
meet the ever increasing demand for food, we need
to improve the crop varieties for food production.
The techniques for crop improvement involves steps
for selection of plants with desirable characteristics
characteristics in the offsprings (hybridisation)
and then multiplying (breeding-conventional,
mutational, tissue culture, genetic engineering)
these to make it available to the farmers for
(i) The risk of complete crop failure is minimized
due to uncertain monsoon.
(ii) Higher yield is obtained with better soil
fertility.
(iii) It provides work to all the members of a family
throughout the year.
(iv) By adopting exact combination in mixed
farming, a variety of produce can be obtained
to fulfill family needs. ½×4
5. Fresh water resources : Lakes, rivers, ponds.
Brackish water resources : Estuaries, lagoons,
creeks. 1½ + 1½
S C I E N C E - IX
 6.
Hybridization refers to crossing between
genetically dissimilar plants.
This crossing may be intervarietal (i.e., between
different varieties), interspecific (i.e., between
two different species of the same genus) or
intergeneric hybridization (i.e., between different
genera).
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012) 1 + 2
WORKSHEET-172
Solutions
1. It is growing different crops on a piece of land in a
pre-planned succession. 1
2. Insects, rodents, fungi, mites and bacteria. 1
3. Farm Yard Manure. 1
4. Growing different crops on the same field or a piece
of land in a pre-planned succession is called crop
rotation.
For crop rotation, the selection of crops depends on
the :
(i) Type of soil.
(ii) Nutrient status.
(iii) Availability of water through rain or irrigation.
(iv) Length of rainy season.
(v) Duration of crop-short or long, and
(vi) Availability of inputs like fertilizers, pesticides,
manpower etc. (Any four) ½ × 4
5. Crop rotation : Growing of different crops on a
piece of land in a pre planned succession is called
crop rotation. The availability of moisture and
irrigation facilities decides the choice of the crop
to be cultivated after one harvest. 1+1+1
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
WORKSHEET-173
Solutions
1. (i) Compost and vermicompost.
(ii) Green manure. ½+½
2. Neem. 1
3. Because of scarcity or irregular distribution of
rains. 1
4. Pesticides are the chemicals that are used to control
weeds, insects, rodents, fungi as well as diseases of
plants. They include weedicides, insecticides and
fungicides. Their excessive use cause environmental
pollution. They reach the water resources by
leaching and affect the aquatic flora and fauna.
These harmful chemicals reach the bodies of birds,
animals and human beings through the various
S OLUT I ONS
7. (a)
Biotic — insects, rodents, fungi, mites,
bacteria.
Abiotic—inappropriate moisture + temperature.
(b) (i) degradation in quantity.
(ii) loss in weight.
(iii) poor germinability
(iv) poor marketability
(c) (i) Drying first in sunlight, then in shade.
(ii) Fumigation. 2+2+1
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2016)
6. Manures contain organic matter and supply
nutrients to soil. 1
Kinds of manure : Green manure, compost or
vermicompost. (Any two) ½ + ½
Manure helps in enriching soil with nutrients and
organic matter and thus increases soil fertility. 1
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
7. Five methods by which we can increase the yield of
crops and livestock are as follows :
(i) By including better crop management like
mixed farming, crop and fodder yields can be
improved.
(ii) By improved varieties of seeds etc. and
cropping practices, we can improve the yield of
crops which indirectly provides improved food
for livestock.
(iii) By minimizing the application of fertilizers and
pesticides.
(iv) By adopting integrated farming practices, e.g.,
combining agriculture with livestock.
(v) By promoting the usage of livestock excreta for
production of compost, we can supply required
nutrients through soil. 1×5
food chains and are thus harmful to one and all.
Hence, they should be used judiciously. 2
5. All the plants require specific nutrients for their
growth to increase the yield. The soil can be
enriched by supplying these nutrients. Manure
is used because it helps in enriching the soil with
nutrients, organic matter and increasing soil
fertility.
Fertilizers are used to ensure good vegetative
growth, giving rise to healthy plants.
This is not a correct practice because excess
fertilizers can lead to water pollution. 1 + 1 + 1
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
P-105
6. S.No. Compost Vermi Compost
(i) Manure prepared Compost which is
from farm waste prepared by using
material, vegetable earthworms.
waste, animal
refuse, sewage
waste, domestic
waste, straw etc. on
decomposition in
pits.
(ii) It takes 3-6 months It takes 1-2 months
to prepare. to prepare.
(iii) Organic remains Organic remains
are decomposed by are pulverized by
microbes naturally. earthworms.
1+1+1
WORKSHEET-174
Solutions
1. It reduces risk and gives some insurance against
failure of one of the crops. 1
2. Maize-potato-sugarcane-peas. 1
3. Diseases in plants are caused by pathogens such as
bacteria, fungi and viruses. 1
4. Due to biotic factors like insects, rodents, fungi,
mites, bacteria and abiotic factors like inappropriate
moisture and temperature in the place of storage,
there is degradation in quality, loss in weight, poor
germinability, discolouration of produce, all leading
to poor marketability.
So, preventive and control measures are used before
grains are stored for future use, which include strict
cleansing of the produce before storage, proper
drying of the produce first in sunlight and then in
shade and fumigations by using chemicals that kill
pests. 1+1
5. (i) The farm waste material-domestic and sewage
waste which is decomposed in pits is known
as compost. Compost is also prepared by
using earth worms to hasten the process of
decomposition of plants and animal refuse.
This is called vermicompost.
(ii) Manure helps in enriching soil with nutrients
and organic matter and increasing soil fertility.
The bulk of organic matter in manure helps in
improving the soil structure. 2+1
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2012)
P-106
7. (i) Combination of 5 or 6 fish species in a single
fish pond.
(ii) Species are selected so that they do not
compete for food. Food available in all parts of
the pond is utilized.
This increases fish yield.
(iii) Hormonal Stimulation.
(CBSE Marking Scheme, 2015) 5
Detailed Answer :
(i) Composite fish culture is the poly culture
system in which combination of 5 or 6 fish
species are selected and grown in a single fish
bond.
(ii) The selection of different species of fish is done
so that they do not compete for food and the
food available in all the parts of the pond is
utilized. This increases the fish yield.
(iii) Hormonal stimulation.
6.
Three different cropping patterns, namely mixed
cropping, intercropping, and crop rotation are
generally practised.
(i) Mixed cropping allows two or more crops to be
sowed simultaneously in the same land. Wheat
and gram, wheat and mustard, ground nut and
sunflower etc. are some common examples of
mixed cropping. Mixed cropping also increases
soil fertility by maintaining microbial diversity.
In mixed cropping, crops are chosen in such
a way that they require different amounts of
minerals.
(ii) Intercropping allow farmers to grow two or
more crops simultaneously in the same field in
a definite pattern. For example, cauliflower and
chilli plants are grown together in alternating
rows. To ensure the maximum utilization of
nutrients applied, crops are selected in such
a way that their nutrient requirements are
different. Other examples include soyabean
and maize, finger millet (bajra) and cowpea
(lobia) etc.
(iii) Crop rotation is the practice of growing two
or more varieties of crops in the same region
in sequential seasons. A common example of
crop rotation is to cultivate maize followed by
soyabean. This system also helps in preventing
crops from pests and diseases. The crops
selected, vary in nutrient requirements. This
ensures complete and uniform utilization of
nutrients. 1+4
S C I E N C E - IX
 WORKSHEET-175
Solutions
1. It is a farming system with minimal use of chemicals
and maximum input of organic manures, recycled
farm wastes, and bioagents with healthy cropping
systems. 3
2. It is daily duration of light hours. It also affects
plants’ growth along with climatic conditions,
temperature etc. It is the duration of light required
by plants for doing their normal activities. 3
3. Some methods to remove weeds are :
(i) Mechanical removal : Uprooting weeds, hand
hoeing, ploughing etc.
(ii) Preventive methods : (a) Proper seed bed
preparation
(b) Timely sowing of crops.
(c) Inter cropping
(d) Crop rotation. 3
WORKSHEET-176
Solutions
1. Nitrogen fixing bacteria e.g., Rhizobium is present in
the roots of leguminous plants. Therefore, they do
not require nitrogenous fertilizers. 3
2. Green manures are used to maintain the nutrients
and fertility of the soil in the field. For this reason
farmer grows guar prior to the sowing of crop seeds
as guar mulched by ploughing into the soil, works
as a green manure and enrich the soil by providing
nitrogen and phosphorus to the soil. 3
3. Canal system.
Such a system receives water from rivers or from
one or more reservoirs. It consists of main canals
to which are attached many branch canals. These
branch canals are connected to distributaries.
Distributaries distribute water to the fields. 1 + 2
4. Italian bee has high honey collection capacity,
stings somewhat less, stays in a given beehive for
long periods and breeds very well.
S OLUT I ONS
4. (a) Mixed cropping. ½
Advantages of mixed cropping :
(i) Reduces risk 1½
(ii) Insurance against failure of one crop
(iii) Gives variety in crop yield
(b) Fodder crops : Berseem / Oats / Sudan grass. 1
5. The desired traits include :
(i) Number and quality of chicks : The cross bred
variety should produce good quality chicks in
large quantities.
(ii) Dwarf broiler parent for commercial chick
production.
(iii) Summer adaptation capacity : The variety
should be adaptable to survive in high
temperature and different climatic conditions.
(iv) Low maintenance requirement : It is also
one of the important trait desired to decrease
investment.
(v) Reduction in the size of the egg laying bird
with ability to utilize more fibrous cheaper diets
formulated using agricultural by-products. 3
Apis cerana indica (Indian bee) and Apis dorsata.
Pasturage is the flowers available to the bees for
nectar and pollen collection.
The adequate quantity of pasturage and the kind of
flower will determine the taste of honey.
2+1+1+1
5. The following steps should be taken to improve the
conditions of food :
(i) By selecting good hybrid varieties of crop
having desirable agronomic traits.
(ii) The field should be kept fertile and nutrient
rich and it should be managed properly.
(iii) By using high yielding variety seeds for high
yield per acre.
(iv) By using a beneficial cropping pattern either
mixed cropping or crop rotation.
(v) By improving the irrigation facilities.
1+1+1+1+1
qqq
P-107